1 // mips.cc -- mips target support for gold.
3 // Copyright (C) 2011-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 // Written by Sasa Stankovic <sasa.stankovic@imgtec.com>
5 // and Aleksandar Simeonov <aleksandar.simeonov@rt-rk.com>.
6 // This file contains borrowed and adapted code from bfd/elfxx-mips.c.
8 // This file is part of gold.
10 // This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
11 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
12 // the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
13 // (at your option) any later version.
15 // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
16 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
17 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
18 // GNU General Public License for more details.
20 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 // along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
22 // Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
23 // MA 02110-1301, USA.
33 #include "parameters.h"
40 #include "copy-relocs.h"
42 #include "target-reloc.h"
43 #include "target-select.h"
53 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
54 class Mips_output_data_plt
;
56 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
57 class Mips_output_data_got
;
59 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
62 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
63 class Mips_output_section_reginfo
;
65 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
66 class Mips_output_data_la25_stub
;
68 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
69 class Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
;
74 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
77 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
80 class Mips16_stub_section_base
;
82 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
83 class Mips16_stub_section
;
85 // The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
86 // a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
87 // linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
88 // contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
89 // (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
90 // like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
92 // GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
93 // GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
94 // GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
95 // the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
96 // accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
99 // These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
100 // values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
101 // values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT.
110 // The types of GOT entries needed for this platform.
111 // These values are exposed to the ABI in an incremental link.
112 // Do not renumber existing values without changing the version
113 // number of the .gnu_incremental_inputs section.
116 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
= 0, // GOT entry for a regular symbol
117 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
= 1, // GOT entry for TLS offset
118 GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
= 2, // GOT entry for TLS module/offset pair
120 // GOT entries for multi-GOT. We support up to 1024 GOTs in multi-GOT links.
121 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT
= 3,
122 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET_MULTIGOT
= GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT
+ 1024,
123 GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR_MULTIGOT
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET_MULTIGOT
+ 1024
126 // TLS type of GOT entry.
135 // Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from OBJECT might
136 // require an la25 stub. See also local_pic_function, which determines
137 // whether the destination function ever requires a stub.
138 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
140 relocation_needs_la25_stub(Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
141 unsigned int r_type
, bool target_is_16_bit_code
)
143 // We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
144 // where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
145 // necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
146 // is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
147 // the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly.
148 if (object
->is_pic())
153 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26
:
154 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC16
:
155 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
156 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
157 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
158 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
159 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
162 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
:
163 return !target_is_16_bit_code
;
170 // Return true if SYM is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
171 // that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
172 // Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
173 // so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
174 // entry points are of interest here.
175 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
177 local_pic_function(Mips_symbol
<size
>* sym
)
179 bool def_regular
= (sym
->source() == Symbol::FROM_OBJECT
180 && !sym
->object()->is_dynamic()
181 && !sym
->is_undefined());
183 if (sym
->is_defined() && def_regular
)
185 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
=
186 static_cast<Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>*>(sym
->object());
188 if ((object
->is_pic() || sym
->is_pic())
189 && (!sym
->is_mips16()
190 || (sym
->has_mips16_fn_stub() && sym
->need_fn_stub())))
197 hi16_reloc(int r_type
)
199 return (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16
200 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16
201 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16
);
205 lo16_reloc(int r_type
)
207 return (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_LO16
208 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16
209 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16
);
213 got16_reloc(unsigned int r_type
)
215 return (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16
216 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16
217 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
221 call_lo16_reloc(unsigned int r_type
)
223 return (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
224 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
);
228 got_lo16_reloc(unsigned int r_type
)
230 return (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
231 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
);
235 got_disp_reloc(unsigned int r_type
)
237 return (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
238 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
);
242 got_page_reloc(unsigned int r_type
)
244 return (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
245 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
249 tls_gd_reloc(unsigned int r_type
)
251 return (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD
252 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
253 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
257 tls_gottprel_reloc(unsigned int r_type
)
259 return (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
260 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
261 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
265 tls_ldm_reloc(unsigned int r_type
)
267 return (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
268 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
269 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
273 mips16_call_reloc(unsigned int r_type
)
275 return (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
276 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16
);
280 jal_reloc(unsigned int r_type
)
282 return (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_26
283 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
284 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
288 micromips_branch_reloc(unsigned int r_type
)
290 return (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
291 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
292 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
293 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
296 // Check if R_TYPE is a MIPS16 reloc.
298 mips16_reloc(unsigned int r_type
)
302 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
:
303 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
304 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
305 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
306 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16
:
307 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16
:
308 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
309 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
310 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
311 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
312 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
313 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
314 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
322 // Check if R_TYPE is a microMIPS reloc.
324 micromips_reloc(unsigned int r_type
)
328 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
329 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
330 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
331 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
332 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
333 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
334 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
335 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
336 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
337 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
338 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
339 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
340 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
341 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
342 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
343 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
344 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
345 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
346 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
347 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
348 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
349 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
350 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
351 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
352 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
353 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
354 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
355 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
356 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
357 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
358 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
359 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
368 is_matching_lo16_reloc(unsigned int high_reloc
, unsigned int lo16_reloc
)
372 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16
:
373 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16
:
374 return lo16_reloc
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_LO16
;
375 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16
:
376 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
377 return lo16_reloc
== elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16
;
378 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
379 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
380 return lo16_reloc
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
386 // This class is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
387 // There are three types of entry:
389 // (1) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input object
390 // (object != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM)
391 // (2) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input object
392 // (object != NULL, symndx == -1)
393 // (3) a TLS LDM slot
394 // (object != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM)
396 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
399 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr Mips_address
;
402 Mips_got_entry(Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
, unsigned int symndx
,
403 Mips_address addend
, unsigned char tls_type
,
405 : object_(object
), symndx_(symndx
), tls_type_(tls_type
), shndx_(shndx
)
406 { this->d
.addend
= addend
; }
408 Mips_got_entry(Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
, Mips_symbol
<size
>* sym
,
409 unsigned char tls_type
)
410 : object_(object
), symndx_(-1U), tls_type_(tls_type
), shndx_(-1U)
411 { this->d
.sym
= sym
; }
413 // Return whether this entry is for a local symbol.
415 is_for_local_symbol() const
416 { return this->symndx_
!= -1U; }
418 // Return whether this entry is for a global symbol.
420 is_for_global_symbol() const
421 { return this->symndx_
== -1U; }
423 // Return the hash of this entry.
427 if (this->tls_type_
== GOT_TLS_LDM
)
428 return this->symndx_
+ (1 << 18);
429 if (this->symndx_
!= -1U)
431 uintptr_t object_id
= reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(this->object());
432 return this->symndx_
+ object_id
+ this->d
.addend
;
436 uintptr_t sym_id
= reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(this->d
.sym
);
437 return this->symndx_
+ sym_id
;
441 // Return whether this entry is equal to OTHER.
443 equals(Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>* other
) const
445 if (this->symndx_
!= other
->symndx_
446 || this->tls_type_
!= other
->tls_type_
)
448 if (this->tls_type_
== GOT_TLS_LDM
)
450 if (this->symndx_
!= -1U)
451 return (this->object() == other
->object()
452 && this->d
.addend
== other
->d
.addend
);
454 return this->d
.sym
== other
->d
.sym
;
457 // Return input object that needs this GOT entry.
458 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>*
461 gold_assert(this->object_
!= NULL
);
462 return this->object_
;
465 // Return local symbol index for local GOT entries.
469 gold_assert(this->symndx_
!= -1U);
470 return this->symndx_
;
473 // Return the relocation addend for local GOT entries.
477 gold_assert(this->symndx_
!= -1U);
478 return this->d
.addend
;
481 // Return global symbol for global GOT entries.
485 gold_assert(this->symndx_
== -1U);
489 // Return whether this is a TLS GOT entry.
492 { return this->tls_type_
!= GOT_TLS_NONE
; }
494 // Return TLS type of this GOT entry.
497 { return this->tls_type_
; }
499 // Return section index of the local symbol for local GOT entries.
502 { return this->shndx_
; }
505 // The input object that needs the GOT entry.
506 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object_
;
507 // The index of the symbol if we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise.
508 unsigned int symndx_
;
512 // If symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation that should be added to the
515 // If symndx == -1, the global symbol corresponding to this GOT entry. The
516 // symbol's entry is in the local area if mips_sym->global_got_area is
517 // GGA_NONE, otherwise it is in the global area.
518 Mips_symbol
<size
>* sym
;
521 // The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
522 // symbol entry with r_symndx == 0.
523 unsigned char tls_type_
;
525 // For local GOT entries, section index of the local symbol.
529 // Hash for Mips_got_entry.
531 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
532 class Mips_got_entry_hash
536 operator()(Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>* entry
) const
537 { return entry
->hash(); }
540 // Equality for Mips_got_entry.
542 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
543 class Mips_got_entry_eq
547 operator()(Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>* e1
,
548 Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>* e2
) const
549 { return e1
->equals(e2
); }
552 // Got_page_range. This class describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND,
553 // MAX_ADDEND]. The instances form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by
554 // increasing MIN_ADDEND.
556 struct Got_page_range
559 : next(NULL
), min_addend(0), max_addend(0)
562 Got_page_range
* next
;
566 // Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required.
569 { return (this->max_addend
- this->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16; }
572 // Got_page_entry. This class describes the range of addends that are applied
573 // to page relocations against a given symbol.
575 struct Got_page_entry
578 : object(NULL
), symndx(-1U), ranges(NULL
), num_pages(0)
581 Got_page_entry(Object
* object_
, unsigned int symndx_
)
582 : object(object_
), symndx(symndx_
), ranges(NULL
), num_pages(0)
585 // The input object that needs the GOT page entry.
587 // The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info.
589 // The ranges for this page entry.
590 Got_page_range
* ranges
;
591 // The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES.
592 unsigned int num_pages
;
595 // Hash for Got_page_entry.
597 struct Got_page_entry_hash
600 operator()(Got_page_entry
* entry
) const
601 { return reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(entry
->object
) + entry
->symndx
; }
604 // Equality for Got_page_entry.
606 struct Got_page_entry_eq
609 operator()(Got_page_entry
* entry1
, Got_page_entry
* entry2
) const
611 return entry1
->object
== entry2
->object
&& entry1
->symndx
== entry2
->symndx
;
615 // This class is used to hold .got information when linking.
617 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
620 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr Mips_address
;
621 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, size
, big_endian
>
623 typedef Unordered_map
<unsigned int, unsigned int> Got_page_offsets
;
625 // Unordered set of GOT entries.
626 typedef Unordered_set
<Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>*,
627 Mips_got_entry_hash
<size
, big_endian
>,
628 Mips_got_entry_eq
<size
, big_endian
> > Got_entry_set
;
630 // Unordered set of GOT page entries.
631 typedef Unordered_set
<Got_page_entry
*,
632 Got_page_entry_hash
, Got_page_entry_eq
> Got_page_entry_set
;
636 : local_gotno_(0), page_gotno_(0), global_gotno_(0), reloc_only_gotno_(0),
637 tls_gotno_(0), tls_ldm_offset_(-1U), global_got_symbols_(),
638 got_entries_(), got_page_entries_(), got_page_offset_start_(0),
639 got_page_offset_next_(0), got_page_offsets_(), next_(NULL
), index_(-1U),
643 // Reserve GOT entry for a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol
644 // SYMNDX + ADDEND, where SYMNDX is a local symbol in section SHNDX in OBJECT.
646 record_local_got_symbol(Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
647 unsigned int symndx
, Mips_address addend
,
648 unsigned int r_type
, unsigned int shndx
);
650 // Reserve GOT entry for a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against MIPS_SYM,
651 // in OBJECT. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
652 // using the GOT entry for calls. DYN_RELOC is true if R_TYPE is a dynamic
655 record_global_got_symbol(Mips_symbol
<size
>* mips_sym
,
656 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
657 unsigned int r_type
, bool dyn_reloc
, bool for_call
);
659 // Add ENTRY to master GOT and to OBJECT's GOT.
661 record_got_entry(Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>* entry
,
662 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
);
664 // Record that OBJECT has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
665 // that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
667 record_got_page_entry(Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
668 unsigned int symndx
, int addend
);
670 // Create all entries that should be in the local part of the GOT.
672 add_local_entries(Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
, Layout
* layout
);
674 // Create GOT page entries.
676 add_page_entries(Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
, Layout
* layout
);
678 // Create global GOT entries, both GGA_NORMAL and GGA_RELOC_ONLY.
680 add_global_entries(Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
, Layout
* layout
,
681 unsigned int non_reloc_only_global_gotno
);
683 // Create global GOT entries that should be in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area.
685 add_reloc_only_entries(Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got
);
687 // Create TLS GOT entries.
689 add_tls_entries(Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
, Layout
* layout
);
691 // Decide whether the symbol needs an entry in the global part of the primary
692 // GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly. Count the number of global
693 // symbols that are in the primary GOT only because they have dynamic
694 // relocations R_MIPS_REL32 against them (reloc_only_gotno).
696 count_got_symbols(Symbol_table
* symtab
);
698 // Return the offset of GOT page entry for VALUE.
700 get_got_page_offset(Mips_address value
,
701 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got
);
703 // Count the number of GOT entries required.
707 // Count the number of GOT entries required by ENTRY. Accumulate the result.
709 count_got_entry(Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>* entry
);
711 // Add FROM's GOT entries.
713 add_got_entries(Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* from
);
715 // Add FROM's GOT page entries.
717 add_got_page_entries(Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* from
);
722 { return ((2 + this->local_gotno_
+ this->page_gotno_
+ this->global_gotno_
723 + this->tls_gotno_
) * size
/8);
726 // Return the number of local GOT entries.
729 { return this->local_gotno_
; }
731 // Return the maximum number of page GOT entries needed.
734 { return this->page_gotno_
; }
736 // Return the number of global GOT entries.
739 { return this->global_gotno_
; }
741 // Set the number of global GOT entries.
743 set_global_gotno(unsigned int global_gotno
)
744 { this->global_gotno_
= global_gotno
; }
746 // Return the number of GGA_RELOC_ONLY global GOT entries.
748 reloc_only_gotno() const
749 { return this->reloc_only_gotno_
; }
751 // Return the number of TLS GOT entries.
754 { return this->tls_gotno_
; }
756 // Return the GOT type for this GOT. Used for multi-GOT links only.
758 multigot_got_type(unsigned int got_type
) const
762 case GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
:
763 return GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT
+ this->index_
;
764 case GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
:
765 return GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET_MULTIGOT
+ this->index_
;
766 case GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
:
767 return GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR_MULTIGOT
+ this->index_
;
773 // Remove lazy-binding stubs for global symbols in this GOT.
775 remove_lazy_stubs(Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
);
777 // Return offset of this GOT from the start of .got section.
780 { return this->offset_
; }
782 // Set offset of this GOT from the start of .got section.
784 set_offset(unsigned int offset
)
785 { this->offset_
= offset
; }
787 // Set index of this GOT in multi-GOT links.
789 set_index(unsigned int index
)
790 { this->index_
= index
; }
792 // Return next GOT in multi-GOT links.
793 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>*
795 { return this->next_
; }
797 // Set next GOT in multi-GOT links.
799 set_next(Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* next
)
800 { this->next_
= next
; }
802 // Return the offset of TLS LDM entry for this GOT.
804 tls_ldm_offset() const
805 { return this->tls_ldm_offset_
; }
807 // Set the offset of TLS LDM entry for this GOT.
809 set_tls_ldm_offset(unsigned int tls_ldm_offset
)
810 { this->tls_ldm_offset_
= tls_ldm_offset
; }
812 Unordered_set
<Mips_symbol
<size
>*>&
814 { return this->global_got_symbols_
; }
816 // Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE.
818 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type(unsigned int r_type
)
820 if (tls_gd_reloc(r_type
))
823 if (tls_ldm_reloc(r_type
))
826 if (tls_gottprel_reloc(r_type
))
832 // Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE.
834 mips_tls_got_entries(unsigned int type
)
854 // The number of local GOT entries.
855 unsigned int local_gotno_
;
856 // The maximum number of page GOT entries needed.
857 unsigned int page_gotno_
;
858 // The number of global GOT entries.
859 unsigned int global_gotno_
;
860 // The number of global GOT entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area.
861 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno_
;
862 // The number of TLS GOT entries.
863 unsigned int tls_gotno_
;
864 // The offset of TLS LDM entry for this GOT.
865 unsigned int tls_ldm_offset_
;
866 // All symbols that have global GOT entry.
867 Unordered_set
<Mips_symbol
<size
>*> global_got_symbols_
;
868 // A hash table holding GOT entries.
869 Got_entry_set got_entries_
;
870 // A hash table of GOT page entries.
871 Got_page_entry_set got_page_entries_
;
872 // The offset of first GOT page entry for this GOT.
873 unsigned int got_page_offset_start_
;
874 // The offset of next available GOT page entry for this GOT.
875 unsigned int got_page_offset_next_
;
876 // A hash table that maps GOT page entry value to the GOT offset where
877 // the entry is located.
878 Got_page_offsets got_page_offsets_
;
879 // In multi-GOT links, a pointer to the next GOT.
880 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* next_
;
881 // Index of this GOT in multi-GOT links.
883 // The offset of this GOT in multi-GOT links.
884 unsigned int offset_
;
887 // This is a helper class used during relocation scan. It records GOT16 addend.
889 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
892 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr Mips_address
;
894 got16_addend(const Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* _object
,
895 unsigned int _shndx
, unsigned int _r_type
, unsigned int _r_sym
,
896 Mips_address _addend
)
897 : object(_object
), shndx(_shndx
), r_type(_r_type
), r_sym(_r_sym
),
901 const Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
;
908 // Mips_symbol class. Holds additional symbol information needed for Mips.
911 class Mips_symbol
: public Sized_symbol
<size
>
915 : need_fn_stub_(false), has_nonpic_branches_(false), la25_stub_offset_(-1U),
916 has_static_relocs_(false), no_lazy_stub_(false), lazy_stub_offset_(0),
917 pointer_equality_needed_(false), global_got_area_(GGA_NONE
),
918 global_gotoffset_(-1U), got_only_for_calls_(true), has_lazy_stub_(false),
919 needs_mips_plt_(false), needs_comp_plt_(false), mips_plt_offset_(-1U),
920 comp_plt_offset_(-1U), mips16_fn_stub_(NULL
), mips16_call_stub_(NULL
),
921 mips16_call_fp_stub_(NULL
), applied_secondary_got_fixup_(false)
924 // Return whether this is a MIPS16 symbol.
928 // (st_other & STO_MIPS16) == STO_MIPS16
929 return ((this->nonvis() & (elfcpp::STO_MIPS16
>> 2))
930 == elfcpp::STO_MIPS16
>> 2);
933 // Return whether this is a microMIPS symbol.
937 // (st_other & STO_MIPS_ISA) == STO_MICROMIPS
938 return ((this->nonvis() & (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_ISA
>> 2))
939 == elfcpp::STO_MICROMIPS
>> 2);
942 // Return whether the symbol needs MIPS16 fn_stub.
945 { return this->need_fn_stub_
; }
947 // Set that the symbol needs MIPS16 fn_stub.
950 { this->need_fn_stub_
= true; }
952 // Return whether this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
953 // any non-PIC input file.
955 has_nonpic_branches() const
956 { return this->has_nonpic_branches_
; }
958 // Set that this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
959 // any non-PIC input file.
961 set_has_nonpic_branches()
962 { this->has_nonpic_branches_
= true; }
964 // Return the offset of the la25 stub for this symbol from the start of the
965 // la25 stub section.
967 la25_stub_offset() const
968 { return this->la25_stub_offset_
; }
970 // Set the offset of the la25 stub for this symbol from the start of the
971 // la25 stub section.
973 set_la25_stub_offset(unsigned int offset
)
974 { this->la25_stub_offset_
= offset
; }
976 // Return whether the symbol has la25 stub. This is true if this symbol is
977 // for a PIC function, and there are non-PIC branches and jumps to it.
979 has_la25_stub() const
980 { return this->la25_stub_offset_
!= -1U; }
982 // Return whether there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
983 // resolved by the static linker (that is, the relocation cannot possibly
986 has_static_relocs() const
987 { return this->has_static_relocs_
; }
989 // Set that there is a relocation against this symbol that must be resolved
990 // by the static linker (that is, the relocation cannot possibly be made
993 set_has_static_relocs()
994 { this->has_static_relocs_
= true; }
996 // Return whether we must not create a lazy-binding stub for this symbol.
999 { return this->no_lazy_stub_
; }
1001 // Set that we must not create a lazy-binding stub for this symbol.
1004 { this->no_lazy_stub_
= true; }
1006 // Return the offset of the lazy-binding stub for this symbol from the start
1007 // of .MIPS.stubs section.
1009 lazy_stub_offset() const
1010 { return this->lazy_stub_offset_
; }
1012 // Set the offset of the lazy-binding stub for this symbol from the start
1013 // of .MIPS.stubs section.
1015 set_lazy_stub_offset(unsigned int offset
)
1016 { this->lazy_stub_offset_
= offset
; }
1018 // Return whether there are any relocations for this symbol where
1019 // pointer equality matters.
1021 pointer_equality_needed() const
1022 { return this->pointer_equality_needed_
; }
1024 // Set that there are relocations for this symbol where pointer equality
1027 set_pointer_equality_needed()
1028 { this->pointer_equality_needed_
= true; }
1030 // Return global GOT area where this symbol in located.
1032 global_got_area() const
1033 { return this->global_got_area_
; }
1035 // Set global GOT area where this symbol in located.
1037 set_global_got_area(Global_got_area global_got_area
)
1038 { this->global_got_area_
= global_got_area
; }
1040 // Return the global GOT offset for this symbol. For multi-GOT links, this
1041 // returns the offset from the start of .got section to the first GOT entry
1042 // for the symbol. Note that in multi-GOT links the symbol can have entry
1043 // in more than one GOT.
1045 global_gotoffset() const
1046 { return this->global_gotoffset_
; }
1048 // Set the global GOT offset for this symbol. Note that in multi-GOT links
1049 // the symbol can have entry in more than one GOT. This method will set
1050 // the offset only if it is less than current offset.
1052 set_global_gotoffset(unsigned int offset
)
1054 if (this->global_gotoffset_
== -1U || offset
< this->global_gotoffset_
)
1055 this->global_gotoffset_
= offset
;
1058 // Return whether all GOT relocations for this symbol are for calls.
1060 got_only_for_calls() const
1061 { return this->got_only_for_calls_
; }
1063 // Set that there is a GOT relocation for this symbol that is not for call.
1065 set_got_not_only_for_calls()
1066 { this->got_only_for_calls_
= false; }
1068 // Return whether this is a PIC symbol.
1072 // (st_other & STO_MIPS_FLAGS) == STO_MIPS_PIC
1073 return ((this->nonvis() & (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_FLAGS
>> 2))
1074 == (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_PIC
>> 2));
1077 // Set the flag in st_other field that marks this symbol as PIC.
1081 if (this->is_mips16())
1082 // (st_other & ~(STO_MIPS16 | STO_MIPS_FLAGS)) | STO_MIPS_PIC
1083 this->set_nonvis((this->nonvis()
1084 & ~((elfcpp::STO_MIPS16
>> 2)
1085 | (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_FLAGS
>> 2)))
1086 | (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_PIC
>> 2));
1088 // (other & ~STO_MIPS_FLAGS) | STO_MIPS_PIC
1089 this->set_nonvis((this->nonvis() & ~(elfcpp::STO_MIPS_FLAGS
>> 2))
1090 | (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_PIC
>> 2));
1093 // Set the flag in st_other field that marks this symbol as PLT.
1097 if (this->is_mips16())
1098 // (st_other & (STO_MIPS16 | ~STO_MIPS_FLAGS)) | STO_MIPS_PLT
1099 this->set_nonvis((this->nonvis()
1100 & ((elfcpp::STO_MIPS16
>> 2)
1101 | ~(elfcpp::STO_MIPS_FLAGS
>> 2)))
1102 | (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_PLT
>> 2));
1105 // (st_other & ~STO_MIPS_FLAGS) | STO_MIPS_PLT
1106 this->set_nonvis((this->nonvis() & ~(elfcpp::STO_MIPS_FLAGS
>> 2))
1107 | (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_PLT
>> 2));
1110 // Downcast a base pointer to a Mips_symbol pointer.
1111 static Mips_symbol
<size
>*
1112 as_mips_sym(Symbol
* sym
)
1113 { return static_cast<Mips_symbol
<size
>*>(sym
); }
1115 // Downcast a base pointer to a Mips_symbol pointer.
1116 static const Mips_symbol
<size
>*
1117 as_mips_sym(const Symbol
* sym
)
1118 { return static_cast<const Mips_symbol
<size
>*>(sym
); }
1120 // Return whether the symbol has lazy-binding stub.
1122 has_lazy_stub() const
1123 { return this->has_lazy_stub_
; }
1125 // Set whether the symbol has lazy-binding stub.
1127 set_has_lazy_stub(bool has_lazy_stub
)
1128 { this->has_lazy_stub_
= has_lazy_stub
; }
1130 // Return whether the symbol needs a standard PLT entry.
1132 needs_mips_plt() const
1133 { return this->needs_mips_plt_
; }
1135 // Set whether the symbol needs a standard PLT entry.
1137 set_needs_mips_plt(bool needs_mips_plt
)
1138 { this->needs_mips_plt_
= needs_mips_plt
; }
1140 // Return whether the symbol needs a compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT
1143 needs_comp_plt() const
1144 { return this->needs_comp_plt_
; }
1146 // Set whether the symbol needs a compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry.
1148 set_needs_comp_plt(bool needs_comp_plt
)
1149 { this->needs_comp_plt_
= needs_comp_plt
; }
1151 // Return standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none.
1153 mips_plt_offset() const
1154 { return this->mips_plt_offset_
; }
1156 // Set standard PLT entry offset.
1158 set_mips_plt_offset(unsigned int mips_plt_offset
)
1159 { this->mips_plt_offset_
= mips_plt_offset
; }
1161 // Return whether the symbol has standard PLT entry.
1163 has_mips_plt_offset() const
1164 { return this->mips_plt_offset_
!= -1U; }
1166 // Return compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry offset, or -1 if none.
1168 comp_plt_offset() const
1169 { return this->comp_plt_offset_
; }
1171 // Set compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry offset.
1173 set_comp_plt_offset(unsigned int comp_plt_offset
)
1174 { this->comp_plt_offset_
= comp_plt_offset
; }
1176 // Return whether the symbol has compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry.
1178 has_comp_plt_offset() const
1179 { return this->comp_plt_offset_
!= -1U; }
1181 // Return MIPS16 fn stub for a symbol.
1182 template<bool big_endian
>
1183 Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>*
1184 get_mips16_fn_stub() const
1186 return static_cast<Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>*>(mips16_fn_stub_
);
1189 // Set MIPS16 fn stub for a symbol.
1191 set_mips16_fn_stub(Mips16_stub_section_base
* stub
)
1192 { this->mips16_fn_stub_
= stub
; }
1194 // Return whether symbol has MIPS16 fn stub.
1196 has_mips16_fn_stub() const
1197 { return this->mips16_fn_stub_
!= NULL
; }
1199 // Return MIPS16 call stub for a symbol.
1200 template<bool big_endian
>
1201 Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>*
1202 get_mips16_call_stub() const
1204 return static_cast<Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>*>(
1208 // Set MIPS16 call stub for a symbol.
1210 set_mips16_call_stub(Mips16_stub_section_base
* stub
)
1211 { this->mips16_call_stub_
= stub
; }
1213 // Return whether symbol has MIPS16 call stub.
1215 has_mips16_call_stub() const
1216 { return this->mips16_call_stub_
!= NULL
; }
1218 // Return MIPS16 call_fp stub for a symbol.
1219 template<bool big_endian
>
1220 Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>*
1221 get_mips16_call_fp_stub() const
1223 return static_cast<Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>*>(
1224 mips16_call_fp_stub_
);
1227 // Set MIPS16 call_fp stub for a symbol.
1229 set_mips16_call_fp_stub(Mips16_stub_section_base
* stub
)
1230 { this->mips16_call_fp_stub_
= stub
; }
1232 // Return whether symbol has MIPS16 call_fp stub.
1234 has_mips16_call_fp_stub() const
1235 { return this->mips16_call_fp_stub_
!= NULL
; }
1238 get_applied_secondary_got_fixup() const
1239 { return applied_secondary_got_fixup_
; }
1242 set_applied_secondary_got_fixup()
1243 { this->applied_secondary_got_fixup_
= true; }
1246 // Whether the symbol needs MIPS16 fn_stub. This is true if this symbol
1247 // appears in any relocs other than a 16 bit call.
1250 // True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
1251 // any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
1252 // la25 stub is required.
1253 bool has_nonpic_branches_
;
1255 // The offset of the la25 stub for this symbol from the start of the
1256 // la25 stub section.
1257 unsigned int la25_stub_offset_
;
1259 // True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
1260 // resolved by the static linker (that is, the relocation cannot
1261 // possibly be made dynamic).
1262 bool has_static_relocs_
;
1264 // Whether we must not create a lazy-binding stub for this symbol.
1265 // This is true if the symbol has relocations related to taking the
1266 // function's address.
1269 // The offset of the lazy-binding stub for this symbol from the start of
1270 // .MIPS.stubs section.
1271 unsigned int lazy_stub_offset_
;
1273 // True if there are any relocations for this symbol where pointer equality
1275 bool pointer_equality_needed_
;
1277 // Global GOT area where this symbol in located, or GGA_NONE if symbol is not
1278 // in the global part of the GOT.
1279 Global_got_area global_got_area_
;
1281 // The global GOT offset for this symbol. For multi-GOT links, this is offset
1282 // from the start of .got section to the first GOT entry for the symbol.
1283 // Note that in multi-GOT links the symbol can have entry in more than one GOT.
1284 unsigned int global_gotoffset_
;
1286 // Whether all GOT relocations for this symbol are for calls.
1287 bool got_only_for_calls_
;
1288 // Whether the symbol has lazy-binding stub.
1289 bool has_lazy_stub_
;
1290 // Whether the symbol needs a standard PLT entry.
1291 bool needs_mips_plt_
;
1292 // Whether the symbol needs a compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry.
1293 bool needs_comp_plt_
;
1294 // Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none.
1295 unsigned int mips_plt_offset_
;
1296 // Compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry offset, or -1 if none.
1297 unsigned int comp_plt_offset_
;
1298 // MIPS16 fn stub for a symbol.
1299 Mips16_stub_section_base
* mips16_fn_stub_
;
1300 // MIPS16 call stub for a symbol.
1301 Mips16_stub_section_base
* mips16_call_stub_
;
1302 // MIPS16 call_fp stub for a symbol.
1303 Mips16_stub_section_base
* mips16_call_fp_stub_
;
1305 bool applied_secondary_got_fixup_
;
1308 // Mips16_stub_section class.
1310 // The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
1311 // floating point arguments.
1313 // Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
1314 // copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
1315 // then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
1316 // call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
1317 // function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
1318 // consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
1319 // if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
1320 // since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
1322 // Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
1323 // that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
1324 // regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
1325 // then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
1326 // to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
1327 // stub should be discarded.
1329 // .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
1330 // which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
1331 // to the gp regs. These stubs store the return address in $18 while
1332 // calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1333 // must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1334 // needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1335 // 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1336 // $f0/$f1 and $2/$3.)
1338 // Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1339 // Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1340 // information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1342 // We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table.
1344 // TODO(sasa): All mips16 stub sections should be emitted in the .text section.
1346 class Mips16_stub_section_base
{ };
1348 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1349 class Mips16_stub_section
: public Mips16_stub_section_base
1351 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr Mips_address
;
1354 Mips16_stub_section(Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
, unsigned int shndx
)
1355 : object_(object
), shndx_(shndx
), r_sym_(0), gsym_(NULL
),
1356 found_r_mips_none_(false)
1358 gold_assert(object
->is_mips16_fn_stub_section(shndx
)
1359 || object
->is_mips16_call_stub_section(shndx
)
1360 || object
->is_mips16_call_fp_stub_section(shndx
));
1363 // Return the object of this stub section.
1364 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>*
1366 { return this->object_
; }
1368 // Return the size of a section.
1370 section_size() const
1371 { return this->object_
->section_size(this->shndx_
); }
1373 // Return section index of this stub section.
1376 { return this->shndx_
; }
1378 // Return symbol index, if stub is for a local function.
1381 { return this->r_sym_
; }
1383 // Return symbol, if stub is for a global function.
1386 { return this->gsym_
; }
1388 // Return whether stub is for a local function.
1390 is_for_local_function() const
1391 { return this->gsym_
== NULL
; }
1393 // This method is called when a new relocation R_TYPE for local symbol R_SYM
1394 // is found in the stub section. Try to find stub target.
1396 new_local_reloc_found(unsigned int r_type
, unsigned int r_sym
)
1398 // To find target symbol for this stub, trust the first R_MIPS_NONE
1399 // relocation, if any. Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever
1401 if (this->found_r_mips_none_
)
1403 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE
)
1405 this->r_sym_
= r_sym
;
1407 this->found_r_mips_none_
= true;
1409 else if (!is_target_found())
1410 this->r_sym_
= r_sym
;
1413 // This method is called when a new relocation R_TYPE for global symbol GSYM
1414 // is found in the stub section. Try to find stub target.
1416 new_global_reloc_found(unsigned int r_type
, Mips_symbol
<size
>* gsym
)
1418 // To find target symbol for this stub, trust the first R_MIPS_NONE
1419 // relocation, if any. Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever
1421 if (this->found_r_mips_none_
)
1423 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE
)
1427 this->found_r_mips_none_
= true;
1429 else if (!is_target_found())
1433 // Return whether we found the stub target.
1435 is_target_found() const
1436 { return this->r_sym_
!= 0 || this->gsym_
!= NULL
; }
1438 // Return whether this is a fn stub.
1441 { return this->object_
->is_mips16_fn_stub_section(this->shndx_
); }
1443 // Return whether this is a call stub.
1445 is_call_stub() const
1446 { return this->object_
->is_mips16_call_stub_section(this->shndx_
); }
1448 // Return whether this is a call_fp stub.
1450 is_call_fp_stub() const
1451 { return this->object_
->is_mips16_call_fp_stub_section(this->shndx_
); }
1453 // Return the output address.
1455 output_address() const
1457 return (this->object_
->output_section(this->shndx_
)->address()
1458 + this->object_
->output_section_offset(this->shndx_
));
1462 // The object of this stub section.
1463 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object_
;
1464 // The section index of this stub section.
1465 unsigned int shndx_
;
1466 // The symbol index, if stub is for a local function.
1467 unsigned int r_sym_
;
1468 // The symbol, if stub is for a global function.
1469 Mips_symbol
<size
>* gsym_
;
1470 // True if we found R_MIPS_NONE relocation in this stub.
1471 bool found_r_mips_none_
;
1474 // Mips_relobj class.
1476 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1477 class Mips_relobj
: public Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>
1479 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr Mips_address
;
1480 typedef std::map
<unsigned int, Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>*>
1481 Mips16_stubs_int_map
;
1482 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
1485 Mips_relobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1486 const typename
elfcpp::Ehdr
<size
, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1487 : Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1488 processor_specific_flags_(0), local_symbol_is_mips16_(),
1489 local_symbol_is_micromips_(), mips16_stub_sections_(),
1490 local_non_16bit_calls_(), local_16bit_calls_(), local_mips16_fn_stubs_(),
1491 local_mips16_call_stubs_(), gp_(0), got_info_(NULL
),
1492 section_is_mips16_fn_stub_(), section_is_mips16_call_stub_(),
1493 section_is_mips16_call_fp_stub_(), pdr_shndx_(-1U), gprmask_(0),
1494 cprmask1_(0), cprmask2_(0), cprmask3_(0), cprmask4_(0)
1496 this->is_pic_
= (ehdr
.get_e_flags() & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC
) != 0;
1497 this->is_n32_
= elfcpp::abi_n32(ehdr
.get_e_flags());
1498 this->is_n64_
= elfcpp::abi_64(ehdr
.get_e_ident()[elfcpp::EI_CLASS
]);
1504 // Downcast a base pointer to a Mips_relobj pointer. This is
1505 // not type-safe but we only use Mips_relobj not the base class.
1506 static Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>*
1507 as_mips_relobj(Relobj
* relobj
)
1508 { return static_cast<Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>*>(relobj
); }
1510 // Downcast a base pointer to a Mips_relobj pointer. This is
1511 // not type-safe but we only use Mips_relobj not the base class.
1512 static const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>*
1513 as_mips_relobj(const Relobj
* relobj
)
1514 { return static_cast<const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>*>(relobj
); }
1516 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1519 processor_specific_flags() const
1520 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1522 // Whether a local symbol is MIPS16 symbol. R_SYM is the symbol table
1523 // index. This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1525 local_symbol_is_mips16(unsigned int r_sym
) const
1527 gold_assert(r_sym
< this->local_symbol_is_mips16_
.size());
1528 return this->local_symbol_is_mips16_
[r_sym
];
1531 // Whether a local symbol is microMIPS symbol. R_SYM is the symbol table
1532 // index. This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1534 local_symbol_is_micromips(unsigned int r_sym
) const
1536 gold_assert(r_sym
< this->local_symbol_is_micromips_
.size());
1537 return this->local_symbol_is_micromips_
[r_sym
];
1540 // Get or create MIPS16 stub section.
1541 Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>*
1542 get_mips16_stub_section(unsigned int shndx
)
1544 typename
Mips16_stubs_int_map::const_iterator it
=
1545 this->mips16_stub_sections_
.find(shndx
);
1546 if (it
!= this->mips16_stub_sections_
.end())
1547 return (*it
).second
;
1549 Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>* stub_section
=
1550 new Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>(this, shndx
);
1551 this->mips16_stub_sections_
.insert(
1552 std::pair
<unsigned int, Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>*>(
1553 stub_section
->shndx(), stub_section
));
1554 return stub_section
;
1557 // Return MIPS16 fn stub section for local symbol R_SYM, or NULL if this
1558 // object doesn't have fn stub for R_SYM.
1559 Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>*
1560 get_local_mips16_fn_stub(unsigned int r_sym
) const
1562 typename
Mips16_stubs_int_map::const_iterator it
=
1563 this->local_mips16_fn_stubs_
.find(r_sym
);
1564 if (it
!= this->local_mips16_fn_stubs_
.end())
1565 return (*it
).second
;
1569 // Record that this object has MIPS16 fn stub for local symbol. This method
1570 // is only called if we decided not to discard the stub.
1572 add_local_mips16_fn_stub(Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>* stub
)
1574 gold_assert(stub
->is_for_local_function());
1575 unsigned int r_sym
= stub
->r_sym();
1576 this->local_mips16_fn_stubs_
.insert(
1577 std::pair
<unsigned int, Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>*>(
1581 // Return MIPS16 call stub section for local symbol R_SYM, or NULL if this
1582 // object doesn't have call stub for R_SYM.
1583 Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>*
1584 get_local_mips16_call_stub(unsigned int r_sym
) const
1586 typename
Mips16_stubs_int_map::const_iterator it
=
1587 this->local_mips16_call_stubs_
.find(r_sym
);
1588 if (it
!= this->local_mips16_call_stubs_
.end())
1589 return (*it
).second
;
1593 // Record that this object has MIPS16 call stub for local symbol. This method
1594 // is only called if we decided not to discard the stub.
1596 add_local_mips16_call_stub(Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>* stub
)
1598 gold_assert(stub
->is_for_local_function());
1599 unsigned int r_sym
= stub
->r_sym();
1600 this->local_mips16_call_stubs_
.insert(
1601 std::pair
<unsigned int, Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>*>(
1605 // Record that we found "non 16-bit" call relocation against local symbol
1606 // SYMNDX. This reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 fn stub, if there
1609 add_local_non_16bit_call(unsigned int symndx
)
1610 { this->local_non_16bit_calls_
.insert(symndx
); }
1612 // Return true if there is any "non 16-bit" call relocation against local
1613 // symbol SYMNDX in this object.
1615 has_local_non_16bit_call_relocs(unsigned int symndx
)
1617 return (this->local_non_16bit_calls_
.find(symndx
)
1618 != this->local_non_16bit_calls_
.end());
1621 // Record that we found 16-bit call relocation R_MIPS16_26 against local
1622 // symbol SYMNDX. Local MIPS16 call or call_fp stubs will only be needed
1623 // if there is some R_MIPS16_26 relocation that refers to the stub symbol.
1625 add_local_16bit_call(unsigned int symndx
)
1626 { this->local_16bit_calls_
.insert(symndx
); }
1628 // Return true if there is any 16-bit call relocation R_MIPS16_26 against local
1629 // symbol SYMNDX in this object.
1631 has_local_16bit_call_relocs(unsigned int symndx
)
1633 return (this->local_16bit_calls_
.find(symndx
)
1634 != this->local_16bit_calls_
.end());
1637 // Get gp value that was used to create this object.
1640 { return this->gp_
; }
1642 // Return whether the object is a PIC object.
1645 { return this->is_pic_
; }
1647 // Return whether the object uses N32 ABI.
1650 { return this->is_n32_
; }
1652 // Return whether the object uses N64 ABI.
1655 { return this->is_n64_
; }
1657 // Return whether the object uses NewABI conventions.
1660 { return this->is_n32_
|| this->is_n64_
; }
1662 // Return Mips_got_info for this object.
1663 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>*
1664 get_got_info() const
1665 { return this->got_info_
; }
1667 // Return Mips_got_info for this object. Create new info if it doesn't exist.
1668 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>*
1669 get_or_create_got_info()
1671 if (!this->got_info_
)
1672 this->got_info_
= new Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>();
1673 return this->got_info_
;
1676 // Set Mips_got_info for this object.
1678 set_got_info(Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* got_info
)
1679 { this->got_info_
= got_info
; }
1681 // Whether a section SHDNX is a MIPS16 stub section. This is only valid
1682 // after do_read_symbols is called.
1684 is_mips16_stub_section(unsigned int shndx
)
1686 return (is_mips16_fn_stub_section(shndx
)
1687 || is_mips16_call_stub_section(shndx
)
1688 || is_mips16_call_fp_stub_section(shndx
));
1691 // Return TRUE if relocations in section SHNDX can refer directly to a
1692 // MIPS16 function rather than to a hard-float stub. This is only valid
1693 // after do_read_symbols is called.
1695 section_allows_mips16_refs(unsigned int shndx
)
1697 return (this->is_mips16_stub_section(shndx
) || shndx
== this->pdr_shndx_
);
1700 // Whether a section SHDNX is a MIPS16 fn stub section. This is only valid
1701 // after do_read_symbols is called.
1703 is_mips16_fn_stub_section(unsigned int shndx
)
1705 gold_assert(shndx
< this->section_is_mips16_fn_stub_
.size());
1706 return this->section_is_mips16_fn_stub_
[shndx
];
1709 // Whether a section SHDNX is a MIPS16 call stub section. This is only valid
1710 // after do_read_symbols is called.
1712 is_mips16_call_stub_section(unsigned int shndx
)
1714 gold_assert(shndx
< this->section_is_mips16_call_stub_
.size());
1715 return this->section_is_mips16_call_stub_
[shndx
];
1718 // Whether a section SHDNX is a MIPS16 call_fp stub section. This is only
1719 // valid after do_read_symbols is called.
1721 is_mips16_call_fp_stub_section(unsigned int shndx
)
1723 gold_assert(shndx
< this->section_is_mips16_call_fp_stub_
.size());
1724 return this->section_is_mips16_call_fp_stub_
[shndx
];
1727 // Discard MIPS16 stub secions that are not needed.
1729 discard_mips16_stub_sections(Symbol_table
* symtab
);
1731 // Return gprmask from the .reginfo section of this object.
1734 { return this->gprmask_
; }
1736 // Return cprmask1 from the .reginfo section of this object.
1739 { return this->cprmask1_
; }
1741 // Return cprmask2 from the .reginfo section of this object.
1744 { return this->cprmask2_
; }
1746 // Return cprmask3 from the .reginfo section of this object.
1749 { return this->cprmask3_
; }
1751 // Return cprmask4 from the .reginfo section of this object.
1754 { return this->cprmask4_
; }
1757 // Count the local symbols.
1759 do_count_local_symbols(Stringpool_template
<char>*,
1760 Stringpool_template
<char>*);
1762 // Read the symbol information.
1764 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1767 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1768 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1770 // Bit vector to tell if a local symbol is a MIPS16 symbol or not.
1771 // This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1772 std::vector
<bool> local_symbol_is_mips16_
;
1774 // Bit vector to tell if a local symbol is a microMIPS symbol or not.
1775 // This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1776 std::vector
<bool> local_symbol_is_micromips_
;
1778 // Map from section index to the MIPS16 stub for that section. This contains
1779 // all stubs found in this object.
1780 Mips16_stubs_int_map mips16_stub_sections_
;
1782 // Local symbols that have "non 16-bit" call relocation. This relocation
1783 // would need to refer to a MIPS16 fn stub, if there is one.
1784 std::set
<unsigned int> local_non_16bit_calls_
;
1786 // Local symbols that have 16-bit call relocation R_MIPS16_26. Local MIPS16
1787 // call or call_fp stubs will only be needed if there is some R_MIPS16_26
1788 // relocation that refers to the stub symbol.
1789 std::set
<unsigned int> local_16bit_calls_
;
1791 // Map from local symbol index to the MIPS16 fn stub for that symbol.
1792 // This contains only the stubs that we decided not to discard.
1793 Mips16_stubs_int_map local_mips16_fn_stubs_
;
1795 // Map from local symbol index to the MIPS16 call stub for that symbol.
1796 // This contains only the stubs that we decided not to discard.
1797 Mips16_stubs_int_map local_mips16_call_stubs_
;
1799 // gp value that was used to create this object.
1801 // Whether the object is a PIC object.
1803 // Whether the object uses N32 ABI.
1805 // Whether the object uses N64 ABI.
1807 // The Mips_got_info for this object.
1808 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* got_info_
;
1810 // Bit vector to tell if a section is a MIPS16 fn stub section or not.
1811 // This is only valid after do_read_symbols is called.
1812 std::vector
<bool> section_is_mips16_fn_stub_
;
1814 // Bit vector to tell if a section is a MIPS16 call stub section or not.
1815 // This is only valid after do_read_symbols is called.
1816 std::vector
<bool> section_is_mips16_call_stub_
;
1818 // Bit vector to tell if a section is a MIPS16 call_fp stub section or not.
1819 // This is only valid after do_read_symbols is called.
1820 std::vector
<bool> section_is_mips16_call_fp_stub_
;
1822 // .pdr section index.
1823 unsigned int pdr_shndx_
;
1825 // gprmask from the .reginfo section of this object.
1827 // cprmask1 from the .reginfo section of this object.
1829 // cprmask2 from the .reginfo section of this object.
1831 // cprmask3 from the .reginfo section of this object.
1833 // cprmask4 from the .reginfo section of this object.
1837 // Mips_output_data_got class.
1839 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1840 class Mips_output_data_got
: public Output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>
1842 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr Mips_address
;
1843 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, size
, big_endian
>
1845 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
1848 Mips_output_data_got(Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
,
1849 Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
1850 : Output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>(), target_(target
),
1851 symbol_table_(symtab
), layout_(layout
), static_relocs_(), got_view_(NULL
),
1852 first_global_got_dynsym_index_(-1U), primary_got_(NULL
),
1853 secondary_got_relocs_()
1855 this->master_got_info_
= new Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>();
1856 this->set_addralign(16);
1859 // Reserve GOT entry for a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol
1860 // SYMNDX + ADDEND, where SYMNDX is a local symbol in section SHNDX in OBJECT.
1862 record_local_got_symbol(Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
1863 unsigned int symndx
, Mips_address addend
,
1864 unsigned int r_type
, unsigned int shndx
)
1866 this->master_got_info_
->record_local_got_symbol(object
, symndx
, addend
,
1870 // Reserve GOT entry for a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against MIPS_SYM,
1871 // in OBJECT. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
1872 // using the GOT entry for calls. DYN_RELOC is true if R_TYPE is a dynamic
1875 record_global_got_symbol(Mips_symbol
<size
>* mips_sym
,
1876 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
1877 unsigned int r_type
, bool dyn_reloc
, bool for_call
)
1879 this->master_got_info_
->record_global_got_symbol(mips_sym
, object
, r_type
,
1880 dyn_reloc
, for_call
);
1883 // Record that OBJECT has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
1884 // that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
1886 record_got_page_entry(Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
1887 unsigned int symndx
, int addend
)
1888 { this->master_got_info_
->record_got_page_entry(object
, symndx
, addend
); }
1890 // Add a static entry for the GOT entry at OFFSET. GSYM is a global
1891 // symbol and R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic relocation that needs to be
1892 // applied in a static link.
1894 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1895 Mips_symbol
<size
>* gsym
)
1896 { this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, gsym
)); }
1898 // Add a static reloc for the GOT entry at OFFSET. RELOBJ is an object
1899 // defining a local symbol with INDEX. R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic
1900 // relocation that needs to be applied in a static link.
1902 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1903 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* relobj
,
1906 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, relobj
,
1910 // Record that global symbol GSYM has R_TYPE dynamic relocation in the
1911 // secondary GOT at OFFSET.
1913 add_secondary_got_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
1914 Mips_symbol
<size
>* gsym
)
1916 this->secondary_got_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
,
1920 // Update GOT entry at OFFSET with VALUE.
1922 update_got_entry(unsigned int offset
, Mips_address value
)
1924 elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::writeval(this->got_view_
+ offset
, value
);
1927 // Return the number of entries in local part of the GOT. This includes
1928 // local entries, page entries and 2 reserved entries.
1930 get_local_gotno() const
1932 if (!this->multi_got())
1934 return (2 + this->master_got_info_
->local_gotno()
1935 + this->master_got_info_
->page_gotno());
1938 return 2 + this->primary_got_
->local_gotno() + this->primary_got_
->page_gotno();
1941 // Return dynamic symbol table index of the first symbol with global GOT
1944 first_global_got_dynsym_index() const
1945 { return this->first_global_got_dynsym_index_
; }
1947 // Set dynamic symbol table index of the first symbol with global GOT entry.
1949 set_first_global_got_dynsym_index(unsigned int index
)
1950 { this->first_global_got_dynsym_index_
= index
; }
1952 // Lay out the GOT. Add local, global and TLS entries. If GOT is
1953 // larger than 64K, create multi-GOT.
1955 lay_out_got(Layout
* layout
, Symbol_table
* symtab
,
1956 const Input_objects
* input_objects
);
1958 // Create multi-GOT. For every GOT, add local, global and TLS entries.
1960 lay_out_multi_got(Layout
* layout
, const Input_objects
* input_objects
);
1962 // Attempt to merge GOTs of different input objects.
1964 merge_gots(const Input_objects
* input_objects
);
1966 // Consider merging FROM, which is OBJECT's GOT, into TO. Return false if
1967 // this would lead to overflow, true if they were merged successfully.
1969 merge_got_with(Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* from
,
1970 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
1971 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* to
);
1973 // Return the offset of GOT page entry for VALUE. For multi-GOT links,
1974 // use OBJECT's GOT.
1976 get_got_page_offset(Mips_address value
,
1977 const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
)
1979 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* g
= (!this->multi_got()
1980 ? this->master_got_info_
1981 : object
->get_got_info());
1982 gold_assert(g
!= NULL
);
1983 return g
->get_got_page_offset(value
, this);
1986 // Return the GOT offset of type GOT_TYPE of the global symbol
1987 // GSYM. For multi-GOT links, use OBJECT's GOT.
1988 unsigned int got_offset(const Symbol
* gsym
, unsigned int got_type
,
1989 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
) const
1991 if (!this->multi_got())
1992 return gsym
->got_offset(got_type
);
1995 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* g
= object
->get_got_info();
1996 gold_assert(g
!= NULL
);
1997 return gsym
->got_offset(g
->multigot_got_type(got_type
));
2001 // Return the GOT offset of type GOT_TYPE of the local symbol
2004 got_offset(unsigned int symndx
, unsigned int got_type
,
2005 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
) const
2006 { return object
->local_got_offset(symndx
, got_type
); }
2008 // Return the offset of TLS LDM entry. For multi-GOT links, use OBJECT's GOT.
2010 tls_ldm_offset(Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
) const
2012 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* g
= (!this->multi_got()
2013 ? this->master_got_info_
2014 : object
->get_got_info());
2015 gold_assert(g
!= NULL
);
2016 return g
->tls_ldm_offset();
2019 // Set the offset of TLS LDM entry. For multi-GOT links, use OBJECT's GOT.
2021 set_tls_ldm_offset(unsigned int tls_ldm_offset
,
2022 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
)
2024 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* g
= (!this->multi_got()
2025 ? this->master_got_info_
2026 : object
->get_got_info());
2027 gold_assert(g
!= NULL
);
2028 g
->set_tls_ldm_offset(tls_ldm_offset
);
2031 // Return true for multi-GOT links.
2034 { return this->primary_got_
!= NULL
; }
2036 // Return the offset of OBJECT's GOT from the start of .got section.
2038 get_got_offset(const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
)
2040 if (!this->multi_got())
2044 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* g
= object
->get_got_info();
2045 return g
!= NULL
? g
->offset() : 0;
2049 // Create global GOT entries that should be in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area.
2051 add_reloc_only_entries()
2052 { this->master_got_info_
->add_reloc_only_entries(this); }
2054 // Return offset of the primary GOT's entry for global symbol.
2056 get_primary_got_offset(const Mips_symbol
<size
>* sym
) const
2058 gold_assert(sym
->global_got_area() != GGA_NONE
);
2059 return (this->get_local_gotno() + sym
->dynsym_index()
2060 - this->first_global_got_dynsym_index()) * size
/8;
2063 // For the entry at offset GOT_OFFSET, return its offset from the gp.
2064 // Input argument GOT_OFFSET is always global offset from the start of
2065 // .got section, for both single and multi-GOT links.
2066 // For single GOT links, this returns GOT_OFFSET - 0x7FF0. For multi-GOT
2067 // links, the return value is object_got_offset - 0x7FF0, where
2068 // object_got_offset is offset in the OBJECT's GOT.
2070 gp_offset(unsigned int got_offset
,
2071 const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
) const
2073 return (this->address() + got_offset
2074 - this->target_
->adjusted_gp_value(object
));
2078 // Write out the GOT table.
2080 do_write(Output_file
*);
2084 // This class represent dynamic relocations that need to be applied by
2085 // gold because we are using TLS relocations in a static link.
2089 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
2090 Mips_symbol
<size
>* gsym
)
2091 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(true)
2092 { this->u_
.global
.symbol
= gsym
; }
2094 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
2095 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* relobj
, unsigned int index
)
2096 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(false)
2098 this->u_
.local
.relobj
= relobj
;
2099 this->u_
.local
.index
= index
;
2102 // Return the GOT offset.
2105 { return this->got_offset_
; }
2110 { return this->r_type_
; }
2112 // Whether the symbol is global or not.
2114 symbol_is_global() const
2115 { return this->symbol_is_global_
; }
2117 // For a relocation against a global symbol, the global symbol.
2121 gold_assert(this->symbol_is_global_
);
2122 return this->u_
.global
.symbol
;
2125 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the defining object.
2126 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>*
2129 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
2130 return this->u_
.local
.relobj
;
2133 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the local symbol index.
2137 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
2138 return this->u_
.local
.index
;
2142 // GOT offset of the entry to which this relocation is applied.
2143 unsigned int got_offset_
;
2144 // Type of relocation.
2145 unsigned int r_type_
;
2146 // Whether this relocation is against a global symbol.
2147 bool symbol_is_global_
;
2148 // A global or local symbol.
2153 // For a global symbol, the symbol itself.
2154 Mips_symbol
<size
>* symbol
;
2158 // For a local symbol, the object defining object.
2159 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* relobj
;
2160 // For a local symbol, the symbol index.
2167 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target_
;
2168 // The symbol table.
2169 Symbol_table
* symbol_table_
;
2172 // Static relocs to be applied to the GOT.
2173 std::vector
<Static_reloc
> static_relocs_
;
2174 // .got section view.
2175 unsigned char* got_view_
;
2176 // The dynamic symbol table index of the first symbol with global GOT entry.
2177 unsigned int first_global_got_dynsym_index_
;
2178 // The master GOT information.
2179 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* master_got_info_
;
2180 // The primary GOT information.
2181 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* primary_got_
;
2182 // Secondary GOT fixups.
2183 std::vector
<Static_reloc
> secondary_got_relocs_
;
2186 // A class to handle LA25 stubs - non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
2187 // two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
2189 // lui $25,%hi(func)
2191 // addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
2193 // to a separate trampoline section. The second is to add:
2195 // lui $25,%hi(func)
2196 // addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
2198 // immediately before a PIC function "func", but only if a function is at the
2199 // beginning of the section, and the section is not too heavily aligned (i.e we
2200 // would need to add no more than 2 nops before the stub.)
2202 // We only create stubs of the first type.
2204 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
2205 class Mips_output_data_la25_stub
: public Output_section_data
2207 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr Mips_address
;
2210 Mips_output_data_la25_stub()
2211 : Output_section_data(size
== 32 ? 4 : 8), symbols_()
2214 // Create LA25 stub for a symbol.
2216 create_la25_stub(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
,
2217 Mips_symbol
<size
>* gsym
);
2219 // Return output address of a stub.
2221 stub_address(const Mips_symbol
<size
>* sym
) const
2223 gold_assert(sym
->has_la25_stub());
2224 return this->address() + sym
->la25_stub_offset();
2229 do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
2230 { os
->set_entsize(0); }
2233 // Template for standard LA25 stub.
2234 static const uint32_t la25_stub_entry
[];
2235 // Template for microMIPS LA25 stub.
2236 static const uint32_t la25_stub_micromips_entry
[];
2238 // Set the final size.
2240 set_final_data_size()
2241 { this->set_data_size(this->symbols_
.size() * 16); }
2243 // Create a symbol for SYM stub's value and size, to help make the
2244 // disassembly easier to read.
2246 create_stub_symbol(Mips_symbol
<size
>* sym
, Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2247 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
, uint64_t symsize
);
2249 // Write to a map file.
2251 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile
* mapfile
) const
2252 { mapfile
->print_output_data(this, _(".LA25.stubs")); }
2254 // Write out the LA25 stub section.
2256 do_write(Output_file
*);
2258 // Symbols that have LA25 stubs.
2259 Unordered_set
<Mips_symbol
<size
>*> symbols_
;
2262 // A class to handle the PLT data.
2264 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
2265 class Mips_output_data_plt
: public Output_section_data
2267 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr Mips_address
;
2268 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true,
2269 size
, big_endian
> Reloc_section
;
2272 // Create the PLT section. The ordinary .got section is an argument,
2273 // since we need to refer to the start.
2274 Mips_output_data_plt(Layout
* layout
, Output_data_space
* got_plt
,
2275 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
)
2276 : Output_section_data(size
== 32 ? 4 : 8), got_plt_(got_plt
), symbols_(),
2277 plt_mips_offset_(0), plt_comp_offset_(0), plt_header_size_(0),
2280 this->rel_
= new Reloc_section(false);
2281 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.plt", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
2282 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_
,
2283 ORDER_DYNAMIC_PLT_RELOCS
, false);
2286 // Add an entry to the PLT for a symbol referenced by r_type relocation.
2288 add_entry(Mips_symbol
<size
>* gsym
, unsigned int r_type
);
2290 // Return the .rel.plt section data.
2291 const Reloc_section
*
2293 { return this->rel_
; }
2295 // Return the number of PLT entries.
2298 { return this->symbols_
.size(); }
2300 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
2302 first_plt_entry_offset() const
2303 { return sizeof(plt0_entry_o32
); }
2305 // Return the size of a PLT entry.
2307 plt_entry_size() const
2308 { return sizeof(plt_entry
); }
2310 // Set final PLT offsets. For each symbol, determine whether standard or
2311 // compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry is used.
2315 // Return the offset of the first standard PLT entry.
2317 first_mips_plt_offset() const
2318 { return this->plt_header_size_
; }
2320 // Return the offset of the first compressed PLT entry.
2322 first_comp_plt_offset() const
2323 { return this->plt_header_size_
+ this->plt_mips_offset_
; }
2325 // Return whether there are any standard PLT entries.
2327 has_standard_entries() const
2328 { return this->plt_mips_offset_
> 0; }
2330 // Return the output address of standard PLT entry.
2332 mips_entry_address(const Mips_symbol
<size
>* sym
) const
2334 gold_assert (sym
->has_mips_plt_offset());
2335 return (this->address() + this->first_mips_plt_offset()
2336 + sym
->mips_plt_offset());
2339 // Return the output address of compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry.
2341 comp_entry_address(const Mips_symbol
<size
>* sym
) const
2343 gold_assert (sym
->has_comp_plt_offset());
2344 return (this->address() + this->first_comp_plt_offset()
2345 + sym
->comp_plt_offset());
2350 do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
2351 { os
->set_entsize(0); }
2353 // Write to a map file.
2355 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile
* mapfile
) const
2356 { mapfile
->print_output_data(this, _(".plt")); }
2359 // Template for the first PLT entry.
2360 static const uint32_t plt0_entry_o32
[];
2361 static const uint32_t plt0_entry_n32
[];
2362 static const uint32_t plt0_entry_n64
[];
2363 static const uint32_t plt0_entry_micromips_o32
[];
2364 static const uint32_t plt0_entry_micromips32_o32
[];
2366 // Template for subsequent PLT entries.
2367 static const uint32_t plt_entry
[];
2368 static const uint32_t plt_entry_mips16_o32
[];
2369 static const uint32_t plt_entry_micromips_o32
[];
2370 static const uint32_t plt_entry_micromips32_o32
[];
2372 // Set the final size.
2374 set_final_data_size()
2376 this->set_data_size(this->plt_header_size_
+ this->plt_mips_offset_
2377 + this->plt_comp_offset_
);
2380 // Write out the PLT data.
2382 do_write(Output_file
*);
2384 // Return whether the plt header contains microMIPS code. For the sake of
2385 // cache alignment always use a standard header whenever any standard entries
2386 // are present even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also lets
2387 // the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set by microMIPS
2388 // entries, for a small size reduction.
2390 is_plt_header_compressed() const
2392 gold_assert(this->plt_mips_offset_
+ this->plt_comp_offset_
!= 0);
2393 return this->target_
->is_output_micromips() && this->plt_mips_offset_
== 0;
2396 // Return the size of the PLT header.
2398 get_plt_header_size() const
2400 if (this->target_
->is_output_n64())
2401 return 4 * sizeof(plt0_entry_n64
) / sizeof(plt0_entry_n64
[0]);
2402 else if (this->target_
->is_output_n32())
2403 return 4 * sizeof(plt0_entry_n32
) / sizeof(plt0_entry_n32
[0]);
2404 else if (!this->is_plt_header_compressed())
2405 return 4 * sizeof(plt0_entry_o32
) / sizeof(plt0_entry_o32
[0]);
2406 else if (this->target_
->use_32bit_micromips_instructions())
2407 return (2 * sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips32_o32
)
2408 / sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips32_o32
[0]));
2410 return (2 * sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips_o32
)
2411 / sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips_o32
[0]));
2414 // Return the PLT header entry.
2416 get_plt_header_entry() const
2418 if (this->target_
->is_output_n64())
2419 return plt0_entry_n64
;
2420 else if (this->target_
->is_output_n32())
2421 return plt0_entry_n32
;
2422 else if (!this->is_plt_header_compressed())
2423 return plt0_entry_o32
;
2424 else if (this->target_
->use_32bit_micromips_instructions())
2425 return plt0_entry_micromips32_o32
;
2427 return plt0_entry_micromips_o32
;
2430 // Return the size of the standard PLT entry.
2432 standard_plt_entry_size() const
2433 { return 4 * sizeof(plt_entry
) / sizeof(plt_entry
[0]); }
2435 // Return the size of the compressed PLT entry.
2437 compressed_plt_entry_size() const
2439 gold_assert(!this->target_
->is_output_newabi());
2441 if (!this->target_
->is_output_micromips())
2442 return (2 * sizeof(plt_entry_mips16_o32
)
2443 / sizeof(plt_entry_mips16_o32
[0]));
2444 else if (this->target_
->use_32bit_micromips_instructions())
2445 return (2 * sizeof(plt_entry_micromips32_o32
)
2446 / sizeof(plt_entry_micromips32_o32
[0]));
2448 return (2 * sizeof(plt_entry_micromips_o32
)
2449 / sizeof(plt_entry_micromips_o32
[0]));
2452 // The reloc section.
2453 Reloc_section
* rel_
;
2454 // The .got.plt section.
2455 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
2456 // Symbols that have PLT entry.
2457 std::vector
<Mips_symbol
<size
>*> symbols_
;
2458 // The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create.
2459 unsigned int plt_mips_offset_
;
2460 // The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create.
2461 unsigned int plt_comp_offset_
;
2462 // The size of the PLT header in bytes.
2463 unsigned int plt_header_size_
;
2465 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target_
;
2468 // A class to handle the .MIPS.stubs data.
2470 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
2471 class Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
: public Output_section_data
2473 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr Mips_address
;
2476 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs(Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
)
2477 : Output_section_data(size
== 32 ? 4 : 8), symbols_(), dynsym_count_(-1U),
2478 stub_offsets_are_set_(false), target_(target
)
2481 // Create entry for a symbol.
2483 make_entry(Mips_symbol
<size
>*);
2485 // Remove entry for a symbol.
2487 remove_entry(Mips_symbol
<size
>* gsym
);
2489 // Set stub offsets for symbols. This method expects that the number of
2490 // entries in dynamic symbol table is set.
2492 set_lazy_stub_offsets();
2495 set_needs_dynsym_value();
2497 // Set the number of entries in dynamic symbol table.
2499 set_dynsym_count(unsigned int dynsym_count
)
2500 { this->dynsym_count_
= dynsym_count
; }
2502 // Return maximum size of the stub, ie. the stub size if the dynamic symbol
2503 // count is greater than 0x10000. If the dynamic symbol count is less than
2504 // 0x10000, the stub will be 4 bytes smaller.
2505 // There's no disadvantage from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of
2506 // pure-microMIPS binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
2507 // output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being shorter by
2508 // 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode.
2510 stub_max_size() const
2512 if (!this->target_
->is_output_micromips()
2513 || this->target_
->use_32bit_micromips_instructions())
2519 // Return the size of the stub. This method expects that the final dynsym
2524 gold_assert(this->dynsym_count_
!= -1U);
2525 if (this->dynsym_count_
> 0x10000)
2526 return this->stub_max_size();
2528 return this->stub_max_size() - 4;
2531 // Return output address of a stub.
2533 stub_address(const Mips_symbol
<size
>* sym
) const
2535 gold_assert(sym
->has_lazy_stub());
2536 return this->address() + sym
->lazy_stub_offset();
2541 do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
2542 { os
->set_entsize(0); }
2544 // Write to a map file.
2546 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile
* mapfile
) const
2547 { mapfile
->print_output_data(this, _(".MIPS.stubs")); }
2550 static const uint32_t lazy_stub_normal_1
[];
2551 static const uint32_t lazy_stub_normal_1_n64
[];
2552 static const uint32_t lazy_stub_normal_2
[];
2553 static const uint32_t lazy_stub_normal_2_n64
[];
2554 static const uint32_t lazy_stub_big
[];
2555 static const uint32_t lazy_stub_big_n64
[];
2557 static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips_normal_1
[];
2558 static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips_normal_1_n64
[];
2559 static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips_normal_2
[];
2560 static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips_normal_2_n64
[];
2561 static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips_big
[];
2562 static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips_big_n64
[];
2564 static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_1
[];
2565 static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_1_n64
[];
2566 static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_2
[];
2567 static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_2_n64
[];
2568 static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips32_big
[];
2569 static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips32_big_n64
[];
2571 // Set the final size.
2573 set_final_data_size()
2574 { this->set_data_size(this->symbols_
.size() * this->stub_max_size()); }
2576 // Write out the .MIPS.stubs data.
2578 do_write(Output_file
*);
2580 // .MIPS.stubs symbols
2581 Unordered_set
<Mips_symbol
<size
>*> symbols_
;
2582 // Number of entries in dynamic symbol table.
2583 unsigned int dynsym_count_
;
2584 // Whether the stub offsets are set.
2585 bool stub_offsets_are_set_
;
2587 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target_
;
2590 // This class handles Mips .reginfo output section.
2592 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
2593 class Mips_output_section_reginfo
: public Output_section
2595 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
2598 Mips_output_section_reginfo(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
2599 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
,
2600 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
)
2601 : Output_section(name
, type
, flags
), target_(target
), gprmask_(0),
2602 cprmask1_(0), cprmask2_(0), cprmask3_(0), cprmask4_(0)
2605 // Downcast a base pointer to a Mips_output_section_reginfo pointer.
2606 static Mips_output_section_reginfo
<size
, big_endian
>*
2607 as_mips_output_section_reginfo(Output_section
* os
)
2608 { return static_cast<Mips_output_section_reginfo
<size
, big_endian
>*>(os
); }
2610 // Set masks of the output .reginfo section.
2612 set_masks(Valtype gprmask
, Valtype cprmask1
, Valtype cprmask2
,
2613 Valtype cprmask3
, Valtype cprmask4
)
2615 this->gprmask_
= gprmask
;
2616 this->cprmask1_
= cprmask1
;
2617 this->cprmask2_
= cprmask2
;
2618 this->cprmask3_
= cprmask3
;
2619 this->cprmask4_
= cprmask4
;
2623 // Set the final data size.
2625 set_final_data_size()
2626 { this->set_data_size(24); }
2628 // Write out reginfo section.
2630 do_write(Output_file
* of
);
2633 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target_
;
2635 // gprmask of the output .reginfo section.
2637 // cprmask1 of the output .reginfo section.
2639 // cprmask2 of the output .reginfo section.
2641 // cprmask3 of the output .reginfo section.
2643 // cprmask4 of the output .reginfo section.
2647 // The MIPS target has relocation types which default handling of relocatable
2648 // relocation cannot process. So we have to extend the default code.
2650 template<bool big_endian
, typename Classify_reloc
>
2651 class Mips_scan_relocatable_relocs
:
2652 public Default_scan_relocatable_relocs
<Classify_reloc
>
2655 // Return the strategy to use for a local symbol which is a section
2656 // symbol, given the relocation type.
2657 inline Relocatable_relocs::Reloc_strategy
2658 local_section_strategy(unsigned int r_type
, Relobj
* object
)
2660 if (Classify_reloc::sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
2661 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_RELA
;
2666 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26
:
2667 return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_SPECIAL
;
2670 return Default_scan_relocatable_relocs
<Classify_reloc
>::
2671 local_section_strategy(r_type
, object
);
2677 // Mips_copy_relocs class. The only difference from the base class is the
2678 // method emit_mips, which should be called instead of Copy_reloc_entry::emit.
2679 // Mips cannot convert all relocation types to dynamic relocs. If a reloc
2680 // cannot be made dynamic, a COPY reloc is emitted.
2682 template<int sh_type
, int size
, bool big_endian
>
2683 class Mips_copy_relocs
: public Copy_relocs
<sh_type
, size
, big_endian
>
2687 : Copy_relocs
<sh_type
, size
, big_endian
>(elfcpp::R_MIPS_COPY
)
2690 // Emit any saved relocations which turn out to be needed. This is
2691 // called after all the relocs have been scanned.
2693 emit_mips(Output_data_reloc
<sh_type
, true, size
, big_endian
>*,
2694 Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>*);
2697 typedef typename Copy_relocs
<sh_type
, size
, big_endian
>::Copy_reloc_entry
2700 // Emit this reloc if appropriate. This is called after we have
2701 // scanned all the relocations, so we know whether we emitted a
2702 // COPY relocation for SYM_.
2704 emit_entry(Copy_reloc_entry
& entry
,
2705 Output_data_reloc
<sh_type
, true, size
, big_endian
>* reloc_section
,
2706 Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
2707 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
);
2711 // Return true if the symbol SYM should be considered to resolve local
2712 // to the current module, and false otherwise. The logic is taken from
2713 // GNU ld's method _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p.
2715 symbol_refs_local(const Symbol
* sym
, bool has_dynsym_entry
,
2716 bool local_protected
)
2718 // If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally.
2722 // STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local.
2723 if (sym
->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
2724 || sym
->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_INTERNAL
)
2727 // If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
2728 // resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic.
2729 if (sym
->source() != Symbol::FROM_OBJECT
|| sym
->object()->is_dynamic()
2730 || sym
->is_undefined())
2733 // Forced local symbols resolve locally.
2734 if (sym
->is_forced_local())
2737 // As do non-dynamic symbols.
2738 if (!has_dynsym_entry
)
2741 // At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
2742 // executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
2743 // shared libraries.
2744 if (parameters
->options().output_is_executable()
2745 || parameters
->options().Bsymbolic())
2748 // Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
2749 // with default visibility might not resolve locally.
2750 if (sym
->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT
)
2753 // STV_PROTECTED non-function symbols are local.
2754 if (sym
->type() != elfcpp::STT_FUNC
)
2757 // Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
2758 // symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
2759 // function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
2760 // plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
2761 // a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable.
2762 return local_protected
;
2765 // Return TRUE if references to this symbol always reference the symbol in this
2768 symbol_references_local(const Symbol
* sym
, bool has_dynsym_entry
)
2770 return symbol_refs_local(sym
, has_dynsym_entry
, false);
2773 // Return TRUE if calls to this symbol always call the version in this object.
2775 symbol_calls_local(const Symbol
* sym
, bool has_dynsym_entry
)
2777 return symbol_refs_local(sym
, has_dynsym_entry
, true);
2780 // Compare GOT offsets of two symbols.
2782 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
2784 got_offset_compare(Symbol
* sym1
, Symbol
* sym2
)
2786 Mips_symbol
<size
>* mips_sym1
= Mips_symbol
<size
>::as_mips_sym(sym1
);
2787 Mips_symbol
<size
>* mips_sym2
= Mips_symbol
<size
>::as_mips_sym(sym2
);
2788 unsigned int area1
= mips_sym1
->global_got_area();
2789 unsigned int area2
= mips_sym2
->global_got_area();
2790 gold_assert(area1
!= GGA_NONE
&& area1
!= GGA_NONE
);
2792 // GGA_NORMAL entries always come before GGA_RELOC_ONLY.
2794 return area1
< area2
;
2796 return mips_sym1
->global_gotoffset() < mips_sym2
->global_gotoffset();
2799 // This method divides dynamic symbols into symbols that have GOT entry, and
2800 // symbols that don't have GOT entry. It also sorts symbols with the GOT entry.
2801 // Mips ABI requires that symbols with the GOT entry must be at the end of
2802 // dynamic symbol table, and the order in dynamic symbol table must match the
2805 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
2807 reorder_dyn_symbols(std::vector
<Symbol
*>* dyn_symbols
,
2808 std::vector
<Symbol
*>* non_got_symbols
,
2809 std::vector
<Symbol
*>* got_symbols
)
2811 for (std::vector
<Symbol
*>::iterator p
= dyn_symbols
->begin();
2812 p
!= dyn_symbols
->end();
2815 Mips_symbol
<size
>* mips_sym
= Mips_symbol
<size
>::as_mips_sym(*p
);
2816 if (mips_sym
->global_got_area() == GGA_NORMAL
2817 || mips_sym
->global_got_area() == GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
2818 got_symbols
->push_back(mips_sym
);
2820 non_got_symbols
->push_back(mips_sym
);
2823 std::sort(got_symbols
->begin(), got_symbols
->end(),
2824 got_offset_compare
<size
, big_endian
>);
2827 // Functor class for processing the global symbol table.
2829 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
2830 class Symbol_visitor_check_symbols
2833 Symbol_visitor_check_symbols(Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
,
2834 Layout
* layout
, Symbol_table
* symtab
)
2835 : target_(target
), layout_(layout
), symtab_(symtab
)
2839 operator()(Sized_symbol
<size
>* sym
)
2841 Mips_symbol
<size
>* mips_sym
= Mips_symbol
<size
>::as_mips_sym(sym
);
2842 if (local_pic_function
<size
, big_endian
>(mips_sym
))
2844 // SYM is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
2845 // If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark SYM as
2846 // being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
2847 // non-PIC branches and jumps to SYM, make sure that SYM has an la25
2849 if (parameters
->options().relocatable())
2851 if (!parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
2852 mips_sym
->set_pic();
2854 else if (mips_sym
->has_nonpic_branches())
2856 this->target_
->la25_stub_section(layout_
)
2857 ->create_la25_stub(this->symtab_
, this->target_
, mips_sym
);
2863 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target_
;
2865 Symbol_table
* symtab_
;
2868 // Relocation types, parameterized by SHT_REL vs. SHT_RELA, size,
2869 // and endianness. The relocation format for MIPS-64 is non-standard.
2871 template<int sh_type
, int size
, bool big_endian
>
2872 struct Mips_reloc_types
;
2874 template<bool big_endian
>
2875 struct Mips_reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>
2877 typedef typename
elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
> Reloc
;
2878 typedef typename
elfcpp::Rel_write
<32, big_endian
> Reloc_write
;
2880 static unsigned typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
2881 get_r_addend(const Reloc
*)
2885 set_reloc_addend(Reloc_write
*,
2886 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
)
2887 { gold_unreachable(); }
2890 template<bool big_endian
>
2891 struct Mips_reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, 32, big_endian
>
2893 typedef typename
elfcpp::Rela
<32, big_endian
> Reloc
;
2894 typedef typename
elfcpp::Rela_write
<32, big_endian
> Reloc_write
;
2896 static unsigned typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
2897 get_r_addend(const Reloc
* reloc
)
2898 { return reloc
->get_r_addend(); }
2901 set_reloc_addend(Reloc_write
* p
,
2902 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword val
)
2903 { p
->put_r_addend(val
); }
2906 template<bool big_endian
>
2907 struct Mips_reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 64, big_endian
>
2909 typedef typename
elfcpp::Mips64_rel
<big_endian
> Reloc
;
2910 typedef typename
elfcpp::Mips64_rel_write
<big_endian
> Reloc_write
;
2912 static unsigned typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<64>::Elf_Swxword
2913 get_r_addend(const Reloc
*)
2917 set_reloc_addend(Reloc_write
*,
2918 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<64>::Elf_Swxword
)
2919 { gold_unreachable(); }
2922 template<bool big_endian
>
2923 struct Mips_reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, 64, big_endian
>
2925 typedef typename
elfcpp::Mips64_rela
<big_endian
> Reloc
;
2926 typedef typename
elfcpp::Mips64_rela_write
<big_endian
> Reloc_write
;
2928 static unsigned typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<64>::Elf_Swxword
2929 get_r_addend(const Reloc
* reloc
)
2930 { return reloc
->get_r_addend(); }
2933 set_reloc_addend(Reloc_write
* p
,
2934 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<64>::Elf_Swxword val
)
2935 { p
->put_r_addend(val
); }
2938 // Forward declaration.
2940 mips_get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int, Relobj
*);
2942 // A class for inquiring about properties of a relocation,
2943 // used while scanning relocs during a relocatable link and
2944 // garbage collection.
2946 template<int sh_type_
, int size
, bool big_endian
>
2947 class Mips_classify_reloc
;
2949 template<int sh_type_
, bool big_endian
>
2950 class Mips_classify_reloc
<sh_type_
, 32, big_endian
> :
2951 public gold::Default_classify_reloc
<sh_type_
, 32, big_endian
>
2954 typedef typename Mips_reloc_types
<sh_type_
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
2956 typedef typename Mips_reloc_types
<sh_type_
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc_write
2959 // Return the symbol referred to by the relocation.
2960 static inline unsigned int
2961 get_r_sym(const Reltype
* reloc
)
2962 { return elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
->get_r_info()); }
2964 // Return the type of the relocation.
2965 static inline unsigned int
2966 get_r_type(const Reltype
* reloc
)
2967 { return elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(reloc
->get_r_info()); }
2969 // Return the explicit addend of the relocation (return 0 for SHT_REL).
2970 static inline unsigned int
2971 get_r_addend(const Reltype
* reloc
)
2973 if (sh_type_
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
2975 return Mips_reloc_types
<sh_type_
, 32, big_endian
>::get_r_addend(reloc
);
2978 // Write the r_info field to a new reloc, using the r_info field from
2979 // the original reloc, replacing the r_sym field with R_SYM.
2981 put_r_info(Reltype_write
* new_reloc
, Reltype
* reloc
, unsigned int r_sym
)
2983 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(reloc
->get_r_info());
2984 new_reloc
->put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info
<32>(r_sym
, r_type
));
2987 // Write the r_addend field to a new reloc.
2989 put_r_addend(Reltype_write
* to
,
2990 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
)
2991 { Mips_reloc_types
<sh_type_
, 32, big_endian
>::set_reloc_addend(to
, addend
); }
2993 // Return the size of the addend of the relocation (only used for SHT_REL).
2995 get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int r_type
, Relobj
* obj
)
2996 { return mips_get_size_for_reloc(r_type
, obj
); }
2999 template<int sh_type_
, bool big_endian
>
3000 class Mips_classify_reloc
<sh_type_
, 64, big_endian
> :
3001 public gold::Default_classify_reloc
<sh_type_
, 64, big_endian
>
3004 typedef typename Mips_reloc_types
<sh_type_
, 64, big_endian
>::Reloc
3006 typedef typename Mips_reloc_types
<sh_type_
, 64, big_endian
>::Reloc_write
3009 // Return the symbol referred to by the relocation.
3010 static inline unsigned int
3011 get_r_sym(const Reltype
* reloc
)
3012 { return reloc
->get_r_sym(); }
3014 // Return the type of the relocation.
3015 static inline unsigned int
3016 get_r_type(const Reltype
* reloc
)
3017 { return reloc
->get_r_type(); }
3019 // Return the explicit addend of the relocation (return 0 for SHT_REL).
3020 static inline typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<64>::Elf_Swxword
3021 get_r_addend(const Reltype
* reloc
)
3023 if (sh_type_
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
3025 return Mips_reloc_types
<sh_type_
, 64, big_endian
>::get_r_addend(reloc
);
3028 // Write the r_info field to a new reloc, using the r_info field from
3029 // the original reloc, replacing the r_sym field with R_SYM.
3031 put_r_info(Reltype_write
* new_reloc
, Reltype
* reloc
, unsigned int r_sym
)
3033 new_reloc
->put_r_sym(r_sym
);
3034 new_reloc
->put_r_ssym(reloc
->get_r_ssym());
3035 new_reloc
->put_r_type3(reloc
->get_r_type3());
3036 new_reloc
->put_r_type2(reloc
->get_r_type2());
3037 new_reloc
->put_r_type(reloc
->get_r_type());
3040 // Write the r_addend field to a new reloc.
3042 put_r_addend(Reltype_write
* to
,
3043 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<64>::Elf_Swxword addend
)
3044 { Mips_reloc_types
<sh_type_
, 64, big_endian
>::set_reloc_addend(to
, addend
); }
3046 // Return the size of the addend of the relocation (only used for SHT_REL).
3048 get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int r_type
, Relobj
* obj
)
3049 { return mips_get_size_for_reloc(r_type
, obj
); }
3052 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
3053 class Target_mips
: public Sized_target
<size
, big_endian
>
3055 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr Mips_address
;
3056 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, size
, big_endian
>
3058 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, true, size
, big_endian
>
3060 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype32
;
3061 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3062 typedef typename Mips_reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, size
, big_endian
>::Reloc
3064 typedef typename Mips_reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, size
, big_endian
>::Reloc
3068 Target_mips(const Target::Target_info
* info
= &mips_info
)
3069 : Sized_target
<size
, big_endian
>(info
), got_(NULL
), gp_(NULL
), plt_(NULL
),
3070 got_plt_(NULL
), rel_dyn_(NULL
), copy_relocs_(),
3071 dyn_relocs_(), la25_stub_(NULL
), mips_mach_extensions_(),
3072 mips_stubs_(NULL
), ei_class_(0), mach_(0), layout_(NULL
),
3073 got16_addends_(), entry_symbol_is_compressed_(false), insn32_(false)
3075 this->add_machine_extensions();
3078 // The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section.
3079 static const unsigned int MIPS_GP_OFFSET
= 0x7ff0;
3081 // The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
3082 // offsets from $gp.
3083 static const unsigned int MIPS_GOT_MAX_SIZE
= MIPS_GP_OFFSET
+ 0x7fff;
3085 // Make a new symbol table entry for the Mips target.
3087 make_symbol(const char*, elfcpp::STT
, Object
*, unsigned int, uint64_t)
3088 { return new Mips_symbol
<size
>(); }
3090 // Process the relocations to determine unreferenced sections for
3091 // garbage collection.
3093 gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
3095 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
3096 unsigned int data_shndx
,
3097 unsigned int sh_type
,
3098 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
3100 Output_section
* output_section
,
3101 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
3102 size_t local_symbol_count
,
3103 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
3105 // Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments.
3107 scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
3109 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
3110 unsigned int data_shndx
,
3111 unsigned int sh_type
,
3112 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
3114 Output_section
* output_section
,
3115 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
3116 size_t local_symbol_count
,
3117 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
3119 // Finalize the sections.
3121 do_finalize_sections(Layout
*, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*);
3123 // Relocate a section.
3125 relocate_section(const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3126 unsigned int sh_type
,
3127 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
3129 Output_section
* output_section
,
3130 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
3131 unsigned char* view
,
3132 Mips_address view_address
,
3133 section_size_type view_size
,
3134 const Reloc_symbol_changes
*);
3136 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
3138 scan_relocatable_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
3140 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
3141 unsigned int data_shndx
,
3142 unsigned int sh_type
,
3143 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
3145 Output_section
* output_section
,
3146 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
3147 size_t local_symbol_count
,
3148 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
3149 Relocatable_relocs
*);
3151 // Scan the relocs for --emit-relocs.
3153 emit_relocs_scan(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
3155 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
3156 unsigned int data_shndx
,
3157 unsigned int sh_type
,
3158 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
3160 Output_section
* output_section
,
3161 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
3162 size_t local_symbol_count
,
3163 const unsigned char* plocal_syms
,
3164 Relocatable_relocs
* rr
);
3166 // Emit relocations for a section.
3168 relocate_relocs(const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3169 unsigned int sh_type
,
3170 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
3172 Output_section
* output_section
,
3173 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Off
3174 offset_in_output_section
,
3175 unsigned char* view
,
3176 Mips_address view_address
,
3177 section_size_type view_size
,
3178 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
3179 section_size_type reloc_view_size
);
3181 // Perform target-specific processing in a relocatable link. This is
3182 // only used if we use the relocation strategy RELOC_SPECIAL.
3184 relocate_special_relocatable(const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3185 unsigned int sh_type
,
3186 const unsigned char* preloc_in
,
3188 Output_section
* output_section
,
3189 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Off
3190 offset_in_output_section
,
3191 unsigned char* view
,
3192 Mips_address view_address
,
3193 section_size_type view_size
,
3194 unsigned char* preloc_out
);
3196 // Return whether SYM is defined by the ABI.
3198 do_is_defined_by_abi(const Symbol
* sym
) const
3200 return ((strcmp(sym
->name(), "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
3201 || (strcmp(sym
->name(), "_gp_disp") == 0)
3202 || (strcmp(sym
->name(), "___tls_get_addr") == 0));
3205 // Return the number of entries in the GOT.
3207 got_entry_count() const
3209 if (!this->has_got_section())
3211 return this->got_size() / (size
/8);
3214 // Return the number of entries in the PLT.
3216 plt_entry_count() const
3218 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
3220 return this->plt_
->entry_count();
3223 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
3225 first_plt_entry_offset() const
3226 { return this->plt_
->first_plt_entry_offset(); }
3228 // Return the size of each PLT entry.
3230 plt_entry_size() const
3231 { return this->plt_
->plt_entry_size(); }
3233 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
3234 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>*
3235 got_section(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
3237 // Get the GOT section.
3238 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>*
3241 gold_assert(this->got_
!= NULL
);
3245 // Get the .MIPS.stubs section, creating it if necessary.
3246 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>*
3247 mips_stubs_section(Layout
* layout
);
3249 // Get the .MIPS.stubs section.
3250 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>*
3251 mips_stubs_section() const
3253 gold_assert(this->mips_stubs_
!= NULL
);
3254 return this->mips_stubs_
;
3257 // Get the LA25 stub section, creating it if necessary.
3258 Mips_output_data_la25_stub
<size
, big_endian
>*
3259 la25_stub_section(Layout
*);
3261 // Get the LA25 stub section.
3262 Mips_output_data_la25_stub
<size
, big_endian
>*
3265 gold_assert(this->la25_stub_
!= NULL
);
3266 return this->la25_stub_
;
3269 // Get gp value. It has the value of .got + 0x7FF0.
3273 if (this->gp_
!= NULL
)
3274 return this->gp_
->value();
3278 // Get gp value. It has the value of .got + 0x7FF0. Adjust it for
3279 // multi-GOT links so that OBJECT's GOT + 0x7FF0 is returned.
3281 adjusted_gp_value(const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
)
3283 if (this->gp_
== NULL
)
3286 bool multi_got
= false;
3287 if (this->has_got_section())
3288 multi_got
= this->got_section()->multi_got();
3290 return this->gp_
->value();
3292 return this->gp_
->value() + this->got_section()->get_got_offset(object
);
3295 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
3297 rel_dyn_section(Layout
*);
3300 do_has_custom_set_dynsym_indexes() const
3303 // Don't emit input .reginfo sections to output .reginfo.
3305 do_should_include_section(elfcpp::Elf_Word sh_type
) const
3306 { return sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
; }
3308 // Set the dynamic symbol indexes. INDEX is the index of the first
3309 // global dynamic symbol. Pointers to the symbols are stored into the
3310 // vector SYMS. The names are added to DYNPOOL. This returns an
3311 // updated dynamic symbol index.
3313 do_set_dynsym_indexes(std::vector
<Symbol
*>* dyn_symbols
, unsigned int index
,
3314 std::vector
<Symbol
*>* syms
, Stringpool
* dynpool
,
3315 Versions
* versions
, Symbol_table
* symtab
) const;
3317 // Remove .MIPS.stubs entry for a symbol.
3319 remove_lazy_stub_entry(Mips_symbol
<size
>* sym
)
3321 if (this->mips_stubs_
!= NULL
)
3322 this->mips_stubs_
->remove_entry(sym
);
3325 // The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
3326 // a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
3329 mips_elf_gnu_got1_mask()
3331 if (this->is_output_n64())
3332 return (uint64_t)1 << 63;
3337 // Whether the output has microMIPS code. This is valid only after
3338 // merge_processor_specific_flags() is called.
3340 is_output_micromips() const
3342 gold_assert(this->are_processor_specific_flags_set());
3343 return elfcpp::is_micromips(this->processor_specific_flags());
3346 // Whether the output uses N32 ABI. This is valid only after
3347 // merge_processor_specific_flags() is called.
3349 is_output_n32() const
3351 gold_assert(this->are_processor_specific_flags_set());
3352 return elfcpp::abi_n32(this->processor_specific_flags());
3355 // Whether the output uses N64 ABI. This is valid only after
3356 // merge_processor_specific_flags() is called.
3358 is_output_n64() const
3360 gold_assert(this->are_processor_specific_flags_set());
3361 return elfcpp::abi_64(this->ei_class_
);
3364 // Whether the output uses NEWABI. This is valid only after
3365 // merge_processor_specific_flags() is called.
3367 is_output_newabi() const
3368 { return this->is_output_n32() || this->is_output_n64(); }
3370 // Whether we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions.
3372 use_32bit_micromips_instructions() const
3373 { return this->insn32_
; }
3375 // Return the r_sym field from a relocation.
3377 get_r_sym(const unsigned char* preloc
) const
3379 // Since REL and RELA relocs share the same structure through
3380 // the r_info field, we can just use REL here.
3381 Reltype
rel(preloc
);
3382 return Mips_classify_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, size
, big_endian
>::
3387 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
3388 // treatment. This is how we support equality comparisons of function
3389 // pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the
3390 // processor specific ABI supplement.
3392 do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
* gsym
) const;
3394 // Make an ELF object.
3396 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
3397 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<size
, big_endian
>& ehdr
);
3400 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
3401 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<size
, !big_endian
>&)
3402 { gold_unreachable(); }
3404 // Make an output section.
3406 do_make_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
3407 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
3409 if (type
== elfcpp::SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
3410 return new Mips_output_section_reginfo
<size
, big_endian
>(name
, type
,
3413 return new Output_section(name
, type
, flags
);
3416 // Adjust ELF file header.
3418 do_adjust_elf_header(unsigned char* view
, int len
);
3420 // Get the custom dynamic tag value.
3422 do_dynamic_tag_custom_value(elfcpp::DT
) const;
3424 // Adjust the value written to the dynamic symbol table.
3426 do_adjust_dyn_symbol(const Symbol
* sym
, unsigned char* view
) const
3428 elfcpp::Sym
<size
, big_endian
> isym(view
);
3429 elfcpp::Sym_write
<size
, big_endian
> osym(view
);
3430 const Mips_symbol
<size
>* mips_sym
= Mips_symbol
<size
>::as_mips_sym(sym
);
3432 // Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
3433 // to treat compressed symbols like any other.
3434 Mips_address value
= isym
.get_st_value();
3435 if (mips_sym
->is_mips16() && value
!= 0)
3437 if (!mips_sym
->has_mips16_fn_stub())
3441 // If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol
3442 // must refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard
3443 // calling conventions. Stub contains MIPS32 code, so don't add +1
3446 // There is a code which does this in the method
3447 // Target_mips::do_dynsym_value, but that code will only be
3448 // executed if the symbol is from dynobj.
3449 // TODO(sasa): GNU ld also changes the value in non-dynamic symbol
3452 Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>* fn_stub
=
3453 mips_sym
->template get_mips16_fn_stub
<big_endian
>();
3454 value
= fn_stub
->output_address();
3455 osym
.put_st_size(fn_stub
->section_size());
3458 osym
.put_st_value(value
);
3459 osym
.put_st_other(elfcpp::elf_st_other(sym
->visibility(),
3460 mips_sym
->nonvis() - (elfcpp::STO_MIPS16
>> 2)));
3462 else if ((mips_sym
->is_micromips()
3463 // Stubs are always microMIPS if there is any microMIPS code in
3465 || (this->is_output_micromips() && mips_sym
->has_lazy_stub()))
3468 osym
.put_st_value(value
| 1);
3469 osym
.put_st_other(elfcpp::elf_st_other(sym
->visibility(),
3470 mips_sym
->nonvis() - (elfcpp::STO_MICROMIPS
>> 2)));
3475 // The class which scans relocations.
3483 get_reference_flags(unsigned int r_type
);
3486 local(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_mips
* target
,
3487 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
3488 unsigned int data_shndx
,
3489 Output_section
* output_section
,
3490 const Reltype
& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
3491 const elfcpp::Sym
<size
, big_endian
>& lsym
,
3495 local(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_mips
* target
,
3496 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
3497 unsigned int data_shndx
,
3498 Output_section
* output_section
,
3499 const Relatype
& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
3500 const elfcpp::Sym
<size
, big_endian
>& lsym
,
3504 local(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_mips
* target
,
3505 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
3506 unsigned int data_shndx
,
3507 Output_section
* output_section
,
3508 const Relatype
* rela
,
3510 unsigned int rel_type
,
3511 unsigned int r_type
,
3512 const elfcpp::Sym
<size
, big_endian
>& lsym
,
3516 global(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_mips
* target
,
3517 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
3518 unsigned int data_shndx
,
3519 Output_section
* output_section
,
3520 const Reltype
& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
3524 global(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_mips
* target
,
3525 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
3526 unsigned int data_shndx
,
3527 Output_section
* output_section
,
3528 const Relatype
& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
3532 global(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_mips
* target
,
3533 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
3534 unsigned int data_shndx
,
3535 Output_section
* output_section
,
3536 const Relatype
* rela
,
3538 unsigned int rel_type
,
3539 unsigned int r_type
,
3543 local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
*,
3545 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3550 const elfcpp::Sym
<size
, big_endian
>&)
3554 global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*,
3556 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3560 unsigned int, Symbol
*)
3564 local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*,
3566 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3571 const elfcpp::Sym
<size
, big_endian
>&)
3575 global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*,
3577 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3581 unsigned int, Symbol
*)
3585 unsupported_reloc_local(Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3586 unsigned int r_type
);
3589 unsupported_reloc_global(Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3590 unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
*);
3593 // The class which implements relocation.
3603 // Return whether the R_MIPS_32 relocation needs to be applied.
3605 should_apply_r_mips_32_reloc(const Mips_symbol
<size
>* gsym
,
3606 unsigned int r_type
,
3607 Output_section
* output_section
,
3608 Target_mips
* target
);
3610 // Do a relocation. Return false if the caller should not issue
3611 // any warnings about this relocation.
3613 relocate(const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
3614 Target_mips
*, Output_section
*, size_t, const unsigned char*,
3615 const Sized_symbol
<size
>*, const Symbol_value
<size
>*,
3616 unsigned char*, Mips_address
, section_size_type
);
3619 // This POD class holds the dynamic relocations that should be emitted instead
3620 // of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32 and R_MIPS_64 relocations. We will emit these
3621 // relocations if it turns out that the symbol does not have static
3626 Dyn_reloc(Mips_symbol
<size
>* sym
, unsigned int r_type
,
3627 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
3628 Output_section
* output_section
, Mips_address r_offset
)
3629 : sym_(sym
), r_type_(r_type
), relobj_(relobj
),
3630 shndx_(shndx
), output_section_(output_section
),
3634 // Emit this reloc if appropriate. This is called after we have
3635 // scanned all the relocations, so we know whether the symbol has
3636 // static relocations.
3638 emit(Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
, Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got
,
3639 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
3641 if (!this->sym_
->has_static_relocs())
3643 got
->record_global_got_symbol(this->sym_
, this->relobj_
,
3644 this->r_type_
, true, false);
3645 if (!symbol_references_local(this->sym_
,
3646 this->sym_
->should_add_dynsym_entry(symtab
)))
3647 rel_dyn
->add_global(this->sym_
, this->r_type_
,
3648 this->output_section_
, this->relobj_
,
3649 this->shndx_
, this->r_offset_
);
3651 rel_dyn
->add_symbolless_global_addend(this->sym_
, this->r_type_
,
3652 this->output_section_
, this->relobj_
,
3653 this->shndx_
, this->r_offset_
);
3658 Mips_symbol
<size
>* sym_
;
3659 unsigned int r_type_
;
3660 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* relobj_
;
3661 unsigned int shndx_
;
3662 Output_section
* output_section_
;
3663 Mips_address r_offset_
;
3666 // Adjust TLS relocation type based on the options and whether this
3667 // is a local symbol.
3668 static tls::Tls_optimization
3669 optimize_tls_reloc(bool is_final
, int r_type
);
3671 // Return whether there is a GOT section.
3673 has_got_section() const
3674 { return this->got_
!= NULL
; }
3676 // Check whether the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary.
3678 mips_32bit_flags(elfcpp::Elf_Word
);
3681 mach_mips3000
= 3000,
3682 mach_mips3900
= 3900,
3683 mach_mips4000
= 4000,
3684 mach_mips4010
= 4010,
3685 mach_mips4100
= 4100,
3686 mach_mips4111
= 4111,
3687 mach_mips4120
= 4120,
3688 mach_mips4300
= 4300,
3689 mach_mips4400
= 4400,
3690 mach_mips4600
= 4600,
3691 mach_mips4650
= 4650,
3692 mach_mips5000
= 5000,
3693 mach_mips5400
= 5400,
3694 mach_mips5500
= 5500,
3695 mach_mips6000
= 6000,
3696 mach_mips7000
= 7000,
3697 mach_mips8000
= 8000,
3698 mach_mips9000
= 9000,
3699 mach_mips10000
= 10000,
3700 mach_mips12000
= 12000,
3701 mach_mips14000
= 14000,
3702 mach_mips16000
= 16000,
3705 mach_mips_loongson_2e
= 3001,
3706 mach_mips_loongson_2f
= 3002,
3707 mach_mips_loongson_3a
= 3003,
3708 mach_mips_sb1
= 12310201, // octal 'SB', 01
3709 mach_mips_octeon
= 6501,
3710 mach_mips_octeonp
= 6601,
3711 mach_mips_octeon2
= 6502,
3712 mach_mips_xlr
= 887682, // decimal 'XLR'
3713 mach_mipsisa32
= 32,
3714 mach_mipsisa32r2
= 33,
3715 mach_mipsisa64
= 64,
3716 mach_mipsisa64r2
= 65,
3717 mach_mips_micromips
= 96
3720 // Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value.
3722 elf_mips_mach(elfcpp::Elf_Word
);
3724 // Check whether machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE.
3726 mips_mach_extends(unsigned int, unsigned int);
3728 // Merge processor specific flags.
3730 merge_processor_specific_flags(const std::string
&, elfcpp::Elf_Word
,
3731 unsigned char, bool);
3733 // True if we are linking for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
3738 // True if we are linking for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to
3739 // BAL. This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
3745 // True if we are linking for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
3746 // This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
3752 // Return the size of the GOT section.
3756 gold_assert(this->got_
!= NULL
);
3757 return this->got_
->data_size();
3760 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol referenced by r_type relocation.
3762 make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Mips_symbol
<size
>*,
3763 unsigned int r_type
);
3765 // Get the PLT section.
3766 Mips_output_data_plt
<size
, big_endian
>*
3769 gold_assert(this->plt_
!= NULL
);
3773 // Get the GOT PLT section.
3774 const Mips_output_data_plt
<size
, big_endian
>*
3775 got_plt_section() const
3777 gold_assert(this->got_plt_
!= NULL
);
3778 return this->got_plt_
;
3781 // Copy a relocation against a global symbol.
3783 copy_reloc(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
3784 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
3785 unsigned int shndx
, Output_section
* output_section
,
3786 Symbol
* sym
, const Reltype
& reloc
)
3788 unsigned int r_type
=
3789 Mips_classify_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, size
, big_endian
>::
3791 this->copy_relocs_
.copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
,
3792 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<size
>(sym
),
3793 object
, shndx
, output_section
,
3794 r_type
, reloc
.get_r_offset(), 0,
3795 this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
3799 dynamic_reloc(Mips_symbol
<size
>* sym
, unsigned int r_type
,
3800 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* relobj
,
3801 unsigned int shndx
, Output_section
* output_section
,
3802 Mips_address r_offset
)
3804 this->dyn_relocs_
.push_back(Dyn_reloc(sym
, r_type
, relobj
, shndx
,
3805 output_section
, r_offset
));
3808 // Calculate value of _gp symbol.
3810 set_gp(Layout
*, Symbol_table
*);
3813 elf_mips_abi_name(elfcpp::Elf_Word e_flags
, unsigned char ei_class
);
3815 elf_mips_mach_name(elfcpp::Elf_Word e_flags
);
3817 // Adds entries that describe how machines relate to one another. The entries
3818 // are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. First
3819 // element is extension, second element is base.
3821 add_machine_extensions()
3823 // MIPS64r2 extensions.
3824 this->add_extension(mach_mips_octeon2
, mach_mips_octeonp
);
3825 this->add_extension(mach_mips_octeonp
, mach_mips_octeon
);
3826 this->add_extension(mach_mips_octeon
, mach_mipsisa64r2
);
3828 // MIPS64 extensions.
3829 this->add_extension(mach_mipsisa64r2
, mach_mipsisa64
);
3830 this->add_extension(mach_mips_sb1
, mach_mipsisa64
);
3831 this->add_extension(mach_mips_xlr
, mach_mipsisa64
);
3832 this->add_extension(mach_mips_loongson_3a
, mach_mipsisa64
);
3834 // MIPS V extensions.
3835 this->add_extension(mach_mipsisa64
, mach_mips5
);
3837 // R10000 extensions.
3838 this->add_extension(mach_mips12000
, mach_mips10000
);
3839 this->add_extension(mach_mips14000
, mach_mips10000
);
3840 this->add_extension(mach_mips16000
, mach_mips10000
);
3842 // R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
3843 // vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
3844 // better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
3845 // many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
3846 // some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem.
3847 this->add_extension(mach_mips5500
, mach_mips5400
);
3848 this->add_extension(mach_mips5400
, mach_mips5000
);
3850 // MIPS IV extensions.
3851 this->add_extension(mach_mips5
, mach_mips8000
);
3852 this->add_extension(mach_mips10000
, mach_mips8000
);
3853 this->add_extension(mach_mips5000
, mach_mips8000
);
3854 this->add_extension(mach_mips7000
, mach_mips8000
);
3855 this->add_extension(mach_mips9000
, mach_mips8000
);
3857 // VR4100 extensions.
3858 this->add_extension(mach_mips4120
, mach_mips4100
);
3859 this->add_extension(mach_mips4111
, mach_mips4100
);
3861 // MIPS III extensions.
3862 this->add_extension(mach_mips_loongson_2e
, mach_mips4000
);
3863 this->add_extension(mach_mips_loongson_2f
, mach_mips4000
);
3864 this->add_extension(mach_mips8000
, mach_mips4000
);
3865 this->add_extension(mach_mips4650
, mach_mips4000
);
3866 this->add_extension(mach_mips4600
, mach_mips4000
);
3867 this->add_extension(mach_mips4400
, mach_mips4000
);
3868 this->add_extension(mach_mips4300
, mach_mips4000
);
3869 this->add_extension(mach_mips4100
, mach_mips4000
);
3870 this->add_extension(mach_mips4010
, mach_mips4000
);
3872 // MIPS32 extensions.
3873 this->add_extension(mach_mipsisa32r2
, mach_mipsisa32
);
3875 // MIPS II extensions.
3876 this->add_extension(mach_mips4000
, mach_mips6000
);
3877 this->add_extension(mach_mipsisa32
, mach_mips6000
);
3879 // MIPS I extensions.
3880 this->add_extension(mach_mips6000
, mach_mips3000
);
3881 this->add_extension(mach_mips3900
, mach_mips3000
);
3884 // Add value to MIPS extenstions.
3886 add_extension(unsigned int base
, unsigned int extension
)
3888 std::pair
<unsigned int, unsigned int> ext(base
, extension
);
3889 this->mips_mach_extensions_
.push_back(ext
);
3892 // Return the number of entries in the .dynsym section.
3893 unsigned int get_dt_mips_symtabno() const
3895 return ((unsigned int)(this->layout_
->dynsym_section()->data_size()
3896 / elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<size
>::sym_size
));
3897 // TODO(sasa): Entry size is MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE.
3900 // Information about this specific target which we pass to the
3901 // general Target structure.
3902 static const Target::Target_info mips_info
;
3904 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got_
;
3905 // gp symbol. It has the value of .got + 0x7FF0.
3906 Sized_symbol
<size
>* gp_
;
3908 Mips_output_data_plt
<size
, big_endian
>* plt_
;
3909 // The GOT PLT section.
3910 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
3911 // The dynamic reloc section.
3912 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn_
;
3913 // Relocs saved to avoid a COPY reloc.
3914 Mips_copy_relocs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, size
, big_endian
> copy_relocs_
;
3916 // A list of dyn relocs to be saved.
3917 std::vector
<Dyn_reloc
> dyn_relocs_
;
3919 // The LA25 stub section.
3920 Mips_output_data_la25_stub
<size
, big_endian
>* la25_stub_
;
3921 // Architecture extensions.
3922 std::vector
<std::pair
<unsigned int, unsigned int> > mips_mach_extensions_
;
3924 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>* mips_stubs_
;
3926 unsigned char ei_class_
;
3930 typename
std::list
<got16_addend
<size
, big_endian
> > got16_addends_
;
3932 // Whether the entry symbol is mips16 or micromips.
3933 bool entry_symbol_is_compressed_
;
3935 // Whether we can use only 32-bit microMIPS instructions.
3936 // TODO(sasa): This should be a linker option.
3940 // Helper structure for R_MIPS*_HI16/LO16 and R_MIPS*_GOT16/LO16 relocations.
3941 // It records high part of the relocation pair.
3943 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
3946 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr Mips_address
;
3948 reloc_high(unsigned char* _view
, const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* _object
,
3949 const Symbol_value
<size
>* _psymval
, Mips_address _addend
,
3950 unsigned int _r_type
, unsigned int _r_sym
, bool _extract_addend
,
3951 Mips_address _address
= 0, bool _gp_disp
= false)
3952 : view(_view
), object(_object
), psymval(_psymval
), addend(_addend
),
3953 r_type(_r_type
), r_sym(_r_sym
), extract_addend(_extract_addend
),
3954 address(_address
), gp_disp(_gp_disp
)
3957 unsigned char* view
;
3958 const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
;
3959 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
;
3960 Mips_address addend
;
3961 unsigned int r_type
;
3963 bool extract_addend
;
3964 Mips_address address
;
3968 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
3969 class Mips_relocate_functions
: public Relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>
3971 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr Mips_address
;
3972 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype16
;
3973 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype32
;
3978 STATUS_OKAY
, // No error during relocation.
3979 STATUS_OVERFLOW
, // Relocation overflow.
3980 STATUS_BAD_RELOC
// Relocation cannot be applied.
3984 typedef Relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
> Base
;
3985 typedef Mips_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
> This
;
3987 static typename
std::list
<reloc_high
<size
, big_endian
> > hi16_relocs
;
3988 static typename
std::list
<reloc_high
<size
, big_endian
> > got16_relocs
;
3990 // R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
3991 // Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
3994 // The format of these instructions is:
3996 // +--------------+--------------------------------+
3997 // | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
3998 // +--------------+--------------------------------+
3999 // | Immediate 15:0 |
4000 // +-----------------------------------------------+
4002 // JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
4003 // Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
4005 // When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
4006 // handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
4007 // stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
4008 // (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
4009 // R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
4010 // always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
4011 // 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
4012 // big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
4013 // file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
4014 // This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
4017 // When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
4018 // instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
4019 // contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
4020 // R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
4021 // immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
4022 // value as two 16-bit values.
4024 // To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
4028 // +--------+----------------------+
4032 // +--------+----------------------+
4035 // +----------+------+-------------+
4037 // | sub1 | | sub2 |
4038 // |0 9|10 15|16 31|
4039 // +----------+--------------------+
4040 // where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
4041 // ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
4043 // When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
4044 // (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
4045 // When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
4046 // let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
4047 // ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
4049 // The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
4050 // Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
4051 // given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
4052 // immediate fields:
4054 // R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
4055 // R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
4056 // R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
4057 // R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
4058 // R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
4060 // A typical instruction will have a format like this:
4062 // +--------------+--------------------------------+
4063 // | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
4064 // +--------------+--------------------------------+
4065 // | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
4066 // +--------------+--------------------------------+
4068 // EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
4071 // All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
4072 // As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
4073 // little-endian system.
4075 // Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
4076 // on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
4077 // and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions.
4080 should_shuffle_micromips_reloc(unsigned int r_type
)
4082 return (micromips_reloc(r_type
)
4083 && r_type
!= elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
4084 && r_type
!= elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
4088 mips_reloc_unshuffle(unsigned char* view
, unsigned int r_type
,
4091 if (!mips16_reloc(r_type
)
4092 && !should_shuffle_micromips_reloc(r_type
))
4095 // Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction.
4096 Valtype16 first
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(view
);
4097 Valtype16 second
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(view
+ 2);
4100 if (micromips_reloc(r_type
)
4101 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
4102 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
4103 else if (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
)
4104 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
4105 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
4107 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
4108 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
4110 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
, val
);
4114 mips_reloc_shuffle(unsigned char* view
, unsigned int r_type
, bool jal_shuffle
)
4116 if (!mips16_reloc(r_type
)
4117 && !should_shuffle_micromips_reloc(r_type
))
4120 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(view
);
4121 Valtype16 first
, second
;
4123 if (micromips_reloc(r_type
)
4124 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
4126 second
= val
& 0xffff;
4129 else if (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
)
4131 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
4132 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
4136 second
= val
& 0xffff;
4137 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
4138 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
4141 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(view
+ 2, second
);
4142 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(view
, first
);
4146 // R_MIPS_16: S + sign-extend(A)
4147 static inline typename
This::Status
4148 rel16(unsigned char* view
, const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4149 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Mips_address addend_a
,
4150 bool extract_addend
, unsigned int r_type
)
4152 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4153 Valtype16
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype16
*>(view
);
4154 Valtype16 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4156 Valtype32 addend
= (extract_addend
? Bits
<16>::sign_extend32(val
)
4157 : Bits
<16>::sign_extend32(addend_a
));
4159 Valtype32 x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
4160 val
= Bits
<16>::bit_select32(val
, x
, 0xffffU
);
4161 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
4162 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4163 return (Bits
<16>::has_overflow32(x
)
4164 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4165 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4169 static inline typename
This::Status
4170 rel32(unsigned char* view
, const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4171 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Mips_address addend_a
,
4172 bool extract_addend
, unsigned int r_type
)
4174 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4175 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4176 Valtype32 addend
= (extract_addend
4177 ? elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
)
4178 : Bits
<32>::sign_extend32(addend_a
));
4179 Valtype32 x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
4180 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
4181 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4182 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
4185 // R_MIPS_JALR, R_MICROMIPS_JALR
4186 static inline typename
This::Status
4187 reljalr(unsigned char* view
, const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4188 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Mips_address address
,
4189 Mips_address addend_a
, bool extract_addend
, bool cross_mode_jump
,
4190 unsigned int r_type
, bool jalr_to_bal
, bool jr_to_b
)
4192 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4193 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4194 Valtype32 addend
= extract_addend
? 0 : addend_a
;
4195 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4197 // Try converting J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in range.
4198 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable()
4199 && r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR
4201 && ((jalr_to_bal
&& val
== 0x0320f809) // jalr t9
4202 || (jr_to_b
&& val
== 0x03200008))) // jr t9
4204 int offset
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - (address
+ 4);
4205 if (!Bits
<18>::has_overflow32(offset
))
4207 if (val
== 0x03200008) // jr t9
4208 val
= 0x10000000 | (((Valtype32
)offset
>> 2) & 0xffff); // b addr
4210 val
= 0x04110000 | (((Valtype32
)offset
>> 2) & 0xffff); //bal addr
4214 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
4215 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4216 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
4219 // R_MIPS_PC32: S + A - P
4220 static inline typename
This::Status
4221 relpc32(unsigned char* view
, const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4222 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Mips_address address
,
4223 Mips_address addend_a
, bool extract_addend
, unsigned int r_type
)
4225 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4226 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4227 Valtype32 addend
= (extract_addend
4228 ? elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
)
4229 : Bits
<32>::sign_extend32(addend_a
));
4230 Valtype32 x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
;
4231 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
4232 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4233 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
4236 // R_MIPS_26, R_MIPS16_26, R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
4237 static inline typename
This::Status
4238 rel26(unsigned char* view
, const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4239 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Mips_address address
,
4240 bool local
, Mips_address addend_a
, bool extract_addend
,
4241 const Symbol
* gsym
, bool cross_mode_jump
, unsigned int r_type
,
4244 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4245 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4246 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4251 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
4252 addend
= (val
& 0x03ffffff) << 1;
4254 addend
= (val
& 0x03ffffff) << 2;
4259 // Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
4260 // the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0.
4262 && (psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 3) != (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_26
))
4264 gold_warning(_("JALX to a non-word-aligned address"));
4265 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, !parameters
->options().relocatable());
4266 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4269 // Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX.
4270 unsigned int shift
=
4271 (!cross_mode_jump
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
4275 x
= addend
| ((address
+ 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift
));
4279 x
= Bits
<27>::sign_extend32(addend
);
4281 x
= Bits
<28>::sign_extend32(addend
);
4283 x
= psymval
->value(object
, x
) >> shift
;
4285 if (!local
&& !gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
4287 if ((x
>> 26) != ((address
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
)))
4289 gold_error(_("relocation truncated to fit: %u against '%s'"),
4290 r_type
, gsym
->name());
4291 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
4295 val
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(val
, x
, 0x03ffffff);
4297 // If required, turn JAL into JALX.
4298 if (cross_mode_jump
)
4301 Valtype32 opcode
= val
>> 26;
4302 Valtype32 jalx_opcode
;
4304 // Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX.
4305 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
)
4307 ok
= (opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7);
4310 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
4312 ok
= (opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c);
4317 ok
= (opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d);
4321 // If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
4322 // convert J or JALS to JALX.
4325 gold_error(_("Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider "
4326 "recompiling with interlinking enabled."));
4327 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
4330 // Make this the JALX opcode.
4331 val
= (val
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
4334 // Try converting JAL to BAL, if the target is in range.
4335 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable()
4338 && r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_26
4339 && (val
>> 26) == 0x3))) // jal addr
4341 Valtype32 dest
= (x
<< 2) | (((address
+ 4) >> 28) << 28);
4342 int offset
= dest
- (address
+ 4);
4343 if (!Bits
<18>::has_overflow32(offset
))
4345 if (val
== 0x03200008) // jr t9
4346 val
= 0x10000000 | (((Valtype32
)offset
>> 2) & 0xffff); // b addr
4348 val
= 0x04110000 | (((Valtype32
)offset
>> 2) & 0xffff); //bal addr
4352 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
4353 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, !parameters
->options().relocatable());
4354 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
4358 static inline typename
This::Status
4359 relpc16(unsigned char* view
, const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4360 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Mips_address address
,
4361 Mips_address addend_a
, bool extract_addend
, unsigned int r_type
)
4363 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4364 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4365 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4367 Valtype32 addend
= extract_addend
? (val
& 0xffff) << 2 : addend_a
;
4368 addend
= Bits
<18>::sign_extend32(addend
);
4370 Valtype32 x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
;
4371 val
= Bits
<16>::bit_select32(val
, x
>> 2, 0xffff);
4372 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
4373 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4374 return (Bits
<18>::has_overflow32(x
)
4375 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4376 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4379 // R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
4380 static inline typename
This::Status
4381 relmicromips_pc7_s1(unsigned char* view
,
4382 const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4383 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Mips_address address
,
4384 Mips_address addend_a
, bool extract_addend
,
4385 unsigned int r_type
)
4387 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4388 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4389 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4391 Valtype32 addend
= extract_addend
? (val
& 0x7f) << 1 : addend_a
;
4392 addend
= Bits
<8>::sign_extend32(addend
);
4394 Valtype32 x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
;
4395 val
= Bits
<16>::bit_select32(val
, x
>> 1, 0x7f);
4396 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
4397 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4398 return (Bits
<8>::has_overflow32(x
)
4399 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4400 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4403 // R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
4404 static inline typename
This::Status
4405 relmicromips_pc10_s1(unsigned char* view
,
4406 const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4407 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Mips_address address
,
4408 Mips_address addend_a
, bool extract_addend
,
4409 unsigned int r_type
)
4411 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4412 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4413 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4415 Valtype32 addend
= extract_addend
? (val
& 0x3ff) << 1 : addend_a
;
4416 addend
= Bits
<11>::sign_extend32(addend
);
4418 Valtype32 x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
;
4419 val
= Bits
<16>::bit_select32(val
, x
>> 1, 0x3ff);
4420 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
4421 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4422 return (Bits
<11>::has_overflow32(x
)
4423 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4424 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4427 // R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
4428 static inline typename
This::Status
4429 relmicromips_pc16_s1(unsigned char* view
,
4430 const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4431 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Mips_address address
,
4432 Mips_address addend_a
, bool extract_addend
,
4433 unsigned int r_type
)
4435 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4436 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4437 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4439 Valtype32 addend
= extract_addend
? (val
& 0xffff) << 1 : addend_a
;
4440 addend
= Bits
<17>::sign_extend32(addend
);
4442 Valtype32 x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
;
4443 val
= Bits
<16>::bit_select32(val
, x
>> 1, 0xffff);
4444 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
4445 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4446 return (Bits
<17>::has_overflow32(x
)
4447 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4448 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4451 // R_MIPS_HI16, R_MIPS16_HI16, R_MICROMIPS_HI16,
4452 static inline typename
This::Status
4453 relhi16(unsigned char* view
, const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4454 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Mips_address addend
,
4455 Mips_address address
, bool gp_disp
, unsigned int r_type
,
4456 unsigned int r_sym
, bool extract_addend
)
4458 // Record the relocation. It will be resolved when we find lo16 part.
4459 hi16_relocs
.push_back(reloc_high
<size
, big_endian
>(view
, object
, psymval
,
4460 addend
, r_type
, r_sym
, extract_addend
, address
,
4462 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
4465 // R_MIPS_HI16, R_MIPS16_HI16, R_MICROMIPS_HI16,
4466 static inline typename
This::Status
4467 do_relhi16(unsigned char* view
, const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4468 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Mips_address addend_hi
,
4469 Mips_address address
, bool is_gp_disp
, unsigned int r_type
,
4470 bool extract_addend
, Valtype32 addend_lo
,
4471 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
)
4473 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4474 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4475 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4477 Valtype32 addend
= (extract_addend
? ((val
& 0xffff) << 16) + addend_lo
4482 value
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
4485 // For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
4486 // 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
4487 // 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
4491 // So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
4492 // base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
4493 // ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
4494 // so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3.
4496 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16
)
4497 gp_disp
= (target
->adjusted_gp_value(object
)
4498 - ((address
+ 4) & ~0x3));
4499 // The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
4500 // instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
4501 // incoming $t9 has the low bit set.
4502 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
4503 gp_disp
= target
->adjusted_gp_value(object
) - address
- 1;
4505 gp_disp
= target
->adjusted_gp_value(object
) - address
;
4506 value
= gp_disp
+ addend
;
4508 Valtype32 x
= ((value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4509 val
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(val
, x
, 0xffff);
4510 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
4511 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4512 return (is_gp_disp
&& Bits
<16>::has_overflow32(x
)
4513 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4514 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4517 // R_MIPS_GOT16, R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
4518 static inline typename
This::Status
4519 relgot16_local(unsigned char* view
,
4520 const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4521 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Mips_address addend_a
,
4522 bool extract_addend
, unsigned int r_type
, unsigned int r_sym
)
4524 // Record the relocation. It will be resolved when we find lo16 part.
4525 got16_relocs
.push_back(reloc_high
<size
, big_endian
>(view
, object
, psymval
,
4526 addend_a
, r_type
, r_sym
, extract_addend
));
4527 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
4530 // R_MIPS_GOT16, R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
4531 static inline typename
This::Status
4532 do_relgot16_local(unsigned char* view
,
4533 const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4534 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Mips_address addend_hi
,
4535 unsigned int r_type
, bool extract_addend
,
4536 Valtype32 addend_lo
, Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
)
4538 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4539 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4540 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4542 Valtype32 addend
= (extract_addend
? ((val
& 0xffff) << 16) + addend_lo
4545 // Find GOT page entry.
4546 Mips_address value
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) + 0x8000) >> 16)
4549 unsigned int got_offset
=
4550 target
->got_section()->get_got_page_offset(value
, object
);
4552 // Resolve the relocation.
4553 Valtype32 x
= target
->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset
, object
);
4554 val
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(val
, x
, 0xffff);
4555 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
4556 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4557 return (Bits
<16>::has_overflow32(x
)
4558 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4559 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4562 // R_MIPS_LO16, R_MIPS16_LO16, R_MICROMIPS_LO16, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
4563 static inline typename
This::Status
4564 rello16(Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
, unsigned char* view
,
4565 const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4566 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Mips_address addend_a
,
4567 bool extract_addend
, Mips_address address
, bool is_gp_disp
,
4568 unsigned int r_type
, unsigned int r_sym
)
4570 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4571 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4572 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4574 Valtype32 addend
= (extract_addend
? Bits
<16>::sign_extend32(val
& 0xffff)
4577 // Resolve pending R_MIPS_HI16 relocations.
4578 typename
std::list
<reloc_high
<size
, big_endian
> >::iterator it
=
4579 hi16_relocs
.begin();
4580 while (it
!= hi16_relocs
.end())
4582 reloc_high
<size
, big_endian
> hi16
= *it
;
4583 if (hi16
.r_sym
== r_sym
4584 && is_matching_lo16_reloc(hi16
.r_type
, r_type
))
4586 if (do_relhi16(hi16
.view
, hi16
.object
, hi16
.psymval
, hi16
.addend
,
4587 hi16
.address
, hi16
.gp_disp
, hi16
.r_type
,
4588 hi16
.extract_addend
, addend
, target
)
4589 == This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
)
4590 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
4591 it
= hi16_relocs
.erase(it
);
4597 // Resolve pending local R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations.
4598 typename
std::list
<reloc_high
<size
, big_endian
> >::iterator it2
=
4599 got16_relocs
.begin();
4600 while (it2
!= got16_relocs
.end())
4602 reloc_high
<size
, big_endian
> got16
= *it2
;
4603 if (got16
.r_sym
== r_sym
4604 && is_matching_lo16_reloc(got16
.r_type
, r_type
))
4606 if (do_relgot16_local(got16
.view
, got16
.object
, got16
.psymval
,
4607 got16
.addend
, got16
.r_type
,
4608 got16
.extract_addend
, addend
,
4609 target
) == This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
)
4610 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
4611 it2
= got16_relocs
.erase(it2
);
4617 // Resolve R_MIPS_LO16 relocation.
4620 x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
4623 // See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
4624 // for this conditional.
4626 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16
)
4627 gp_disp
= target
->adjusted_gp_value(object
) - (address
& ~0x3);
4628 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16
4629 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
4630 gp_disp
= target
->adjusted_gp_value(object
) - address
+ 3;
4632 gp_disp
= target
->adjusted_gp_value(object
) - address
+ 4;
4633 // The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
4634 // for overflow. Relocations against _gp_disp are normally
4635 // generated from the .cpload pseudo-op. It generates code
4636 // that normally looks like this:
4638 // lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
4639 // addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
4642 // Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
4643 // as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
4644 // relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
4645 // R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
4646 // Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
4647 // not check for overflow here.
4648 x
= gp_disp
+ addend
;
4650 val
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(val
, x
, 0xffff);
4651 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
4652 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4653 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
4656 // R_MIPS_CALL16, R_MIPS16_CALL16, R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
4657 // R_MIPS_GOT16, R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
4658 // R_MIPS_TLS_GD, R_MIPS16_TLS_GD, R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
4659 // R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL, R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL, R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
4660 // R_MIPS_TLS_LDM, R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM, R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
4661 // R_MIPS_GOT_DISP, R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
4662 static inline typename
This::Status
4663 relgot(unsigned char* view
, int gp_offset
, unsigned int r_type
)
4665 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4666 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4667 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4668 Valtype32 x
= gp_offset
;
4669 val
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(val
, x
, 0xffff);
4670 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
4671 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4672 return (Bits
<16>::has_overflow32(x
)
4673 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4674 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4677 // R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE, R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
4678 static inline typename
This::Status
4679 relgotpage(Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
, unsigned char* view
,
4680 const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4681 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Mips_address addend_a
,
4682 bool extract_addend
, unsigned int r_type
)
4684 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4685 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4686 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(view
);
4687 Valtype32 addend
= extract_addend
? val
& 0xffff : addend_a
;
4689 // Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of symbol + addend.
4690 Mips_address value
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) + 0x8000) & ~0xffff;
4691 unsigned int got_offset
=
4692 target
->got_section()->get_got_page_offset(value
, object
);
4694 Valtype32 x
= target
->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset
, object
);
4695 val
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(val
, x
, 0xffff);
4696 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
4697 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4698 return (Bits
<16>::has_overflow32(x
)
4699 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4700 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4703 // R_MIPS_GOT_OFST, R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
4704 static inline typename
This::Status
4705 relgotofst(Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
, unsigned char* view
,
4706 const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4707 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Mips_address addend_a
,
4708 bool extract_addend
, bool local
, unsigned int r_type
)
4710 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4711 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4712 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(view
);
4713 Valtype32 addend
= extract_addend
? val
& 0xffff : addend_a
;
4715 // For a local symbol, find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of
4716 // symbol + addend. Relocation value is the offset of the GOT page entry's
4717 // value from symbol + addend.
4718 // For a global symbol, relocation value is addend.
4722 // Find GOT page entry.
4723 Mips_address value
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) + 0x8000)
4725 target
->got_section()->get_got_page_offset(value
, object
);
4727 x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - value
;
4731 val
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(val
, x
, 0xffff);
4732 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
4733 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4734 return (Bits
<16>::has_overflow32(x
)
4735 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4736 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
4739 // R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, R_MIPS_CALL_HI16,
4740 // R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16, R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
4741 static inline typename
This::Status
4742 relgot_hi16(unsigned char* view
, int gp_offset
, unsigned int r_type
)
4744 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4745 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4746 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4747 Valtype32 x
= gp_offset
;
4748 x
= ((x
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4749 val
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(val
, x
, 0xffff);
4750 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
4751 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4752 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
4755 // R_MIPS_GOT_LO16, R_MIPS_CALL_LO16,
4756 // R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16, R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
4757 static inline typename
This::Status
4758 relgot_lo16(unsigned char* view
, int gp_offset
, unsigned int r_type
)
4760 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4761 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4762 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4763 Valtype32 x
= gp_offset
;
4764 val
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(val
, x
, 0xffff);
4765 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
4766 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4767 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
4770 // R_MIPS_GPREL16, R_MIPS16_GPREL, R_MIPS_LITERAL, R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
4771 // R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2, R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
4772 static inline typename
This::Status
4773 relgprel(unsigned char* view
, const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4774 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Mips_address gp
,
4775 Mips_address addend_a
, bool extract_addend
, bool local
,
4776 unsigned int r_type
)
4778 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4779 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4780 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4785 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
)
4786 addend
= (val
& 0x7f) << 2;
4788 addend
= val
& 0xffff;
4789 // Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
4790 // instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
4791 // otherwise we may lose significant bits.
4792 addend
= Bits
<16>::sign_extend32(addend
);
4797 Valtype32 x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - gp
;
4799 // If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
4800 // have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
4801 // for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
4802 // link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
4805 x
+= object
->gp_value();
4807 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
)
4808 val
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(val
, x
, 0x7f);
4810 val
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(val
, x
, 0xffff);
4811 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
4812 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4813 if (Bits
<16>::has_overflow32(x
))
4815 gold_error(_("small-data section exceeds 64KB; lower small-data size "
4816 "limit (see option -G)"));
4817 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
4819 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
4823 static inline typename
This::Status
4824 relgprel32(unsigned char* view
, const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4825 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Mips_address gp
,
4826 Mips_address addend_a
, bool extract_addend
, unsigned int r_type
)
4828 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4829 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4830 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4831 Valtype32 addend
= extract_addend
? val
: addend_a
;
4833 // R_MIPS_GPREL32 relocations are defined for local symbols only.
4834 Valtype32 x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) + object
->gp_value() - gp
;
4835 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
4836 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4837 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
4840 // R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16, R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16, R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
4841 // R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16, R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16,
4842 // R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
4843 static inline typename
This::Status
4844 tlsrelhi16(unsigned char* view
, const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4845 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Valtype32 tp_offset
,
4846 Mips_address addend_a
, bool extract_addend
, unsigned int r_type
)
4848 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4849 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4850 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4851 Valtype32 addend
= extract_addend
? val
& 0xffff : addend_a
;
4853 // tls symbol values are relative to tls_segment()->vaddr()
4854 Valtype32 x
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - tp_offset
) + 0x8000) >> 16;
4855 val
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(val
, x
, 0xffff);
4856 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
4857 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4858 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
4861 // R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16, R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16, R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16,
4862 // R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16, R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16,
4863 // R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16,
4864 static inline typename
This::Status
4865 tlsrello16(unsigned char* view
, const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4866 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Valtype32 tp_offset
,
4867 Mips_address addend_a
, bool extract_addend
, unsigned int r_type
)
4869 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4870 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4871 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4872 Valtype32 addend
= extract_addend
? val
& 0xffff : addend_a
;
4874 // tls symbol values are relative to tls_segment()->vaddr()
4875 Valtype32 x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - tp_offset
;
4876 val
= Bits
<32>::bit_select32(val
, x
, 0xffff);
4877 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
4878 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4879 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
4882 // R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32, R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64,
4883 // R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32, R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
4884 static inline typename
This::Status
4885 tlsrel32(unsigned char* view
, const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4886 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Valtype32 tp_offset
,
4887 Mips_address addend_a
, bool extract_addend
, unsigned int r_type
)
4889 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4890 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4891 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4892 Valtype32 addend
= extract_addend
? val
: addend_a
;
4894 // tls symbol values are relative to tls_segment()->vaddr()
4895 Valtype32 x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - tp_offset
;
4896 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
4897 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4898 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
4901 // R_MIPS_SUB, R_MICROMIPS_SUB
4902 static inline typename
This::Status
4903 relsub(unsigned char* view
, const Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4904 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
, Mips_address addend_a
,
4905 bool extract_addend
, unsigned int r_type
)
4907 mips_reloc_unshuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4908 Valtype32
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype32
*>(view
);
4909 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4910 Valtype32 addend
= extract_addend
? val
: addend_a
;
4912 Valtype32 x
= psymval
->value(object
, -addend
);
4913 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
4914 mips_reloc_shuffle(view
, r_type
, false);
4915 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
4919 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4920 typename
std::list
<reloc_high
<size
, big_endian
> >
4921 Mips_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::hi16_relocs
;
4923 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4924 typename
std::list
<reloc_high
<size
, big_endian
> >
4925 Mips_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::got16_relocs
;
4927 // Mips_got_info methods.
4929 // Reserve GOT entry for a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol
4930 // SYMNDX + ADDEND, where SYMNDX is a local symbol in section SHNDX in OBJECT.
4932 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4934 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>::record_local_got_symbol(
4935 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
, unsigned int symndx
,
4936 Mips_address addend
, unsigned int r_type
, unsigned int shndx
)
4938 Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>* entry
=
4939 new Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>(object
, symndx
, addend
,
4940 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type(r_type
),
4942 this->record_got_entry(entry
, object
);
4945 // Reserve GOT entry for a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against MIPS_SYM,
4946 // in OBJECT. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
4947 // using the GOT entry for calls. DYN_RELOC is true if R_TYPE is a dynamic
4950 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4952 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>::record_global_got_symbol(
4953 Mips_symbol
<size
>* mips_sym
, Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
4954 unsigned int r_type
, bool dyn_reloc
, bool for_call
)
4957 mips_sym
->set_got_not_only_for_calls();
4959 // A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol table.
4960 if (!mips_sym
->needs_dynsym_entry())
4962 switch (mips_sym
->visibility())
4964 case elfcpp::STV_INTERNAL
:
4965 case elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
:
4966 mips_sym
->set_is_forced_local();
4969 mips_sym
->set_needs_dynsym_entry();
4974 unsigned char tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type(r_type
);
4975 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4976 this->global_got_symbols_
.insert(mips_sym
);
4980 if (mips_sym
->global_got_area() == GGA_NONE
)
4981 mips_sym
->set_global_got_area(GGA_RELOC_ONLY
);
4985 Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>* entry
=
4986 new Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>(object
, mips_sym
, tls_type
);
4988 this->record_got_entry(entry
, object
);
4991 // Add ENTRY to master GOT and to OBJECT's GOT.
4993 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4995 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>::record_got_entry(
4996 Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>* entry
,
4997 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
)
4999 if (this->got_entries_
.find(entry
) == this->got_entries_
.end())
5000 this->got_entries_
.insert(entry
);
5002 // Create the GOT entry for the OBJECT's GOT.
5003 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* g
= object
->get_or_create_got_info();
5004 Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>* entry2
=
5005 new Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>(*entry
);
5007 if (g
->got_entries_
.find(entry2
) == g
->got_entries_
.end())
5008 g
->got_entries_
.insert(entry2
);
5011 // Record that OBJECT has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
5012 // that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
5013 // This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
5014 // required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
5015 // global symbols across multiple input files.
5017 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5019 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>::record_got_page_entry(
5020 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
, unsigned int symndx
, int addend
)
5022 struct Got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
5023 int old_pages
, new_pages
;
5025 // Find the Got_page_entry for this symbol.
5026 Got_page_entry
* entry
= new Got_page_entry(object
, symndx
);
5027 typename
Got_page_entry_set::iterator it
=
5028 this->got_page_entries_
.find(entry
);
5029 if (it
!= this->got_page_entries_
.end())
5032 this->got_page_entries_
.insert(entry
);
5034 // Add the same entry to the OBJECT's GOT.
5035 Got_page_entry
* entry2
= NULL
;
5036 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* g2
= object
->get_or_create_got_info();
5037 if (g2
->got_page_entries_
.find(entry
) == g2
->got_page_entries_
.end())
5039 entry2
= new Got_page_entry(*entry
);
5040 g2
->got_page_entries_
.insert(entry2
);
5043 // Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
5045 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
5046 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
5047 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
5049 // If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
5050 // minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
5051 // a new singleton range.
5053 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
5055 range
= new Got_page_range();
5056 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
5057 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
5058 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
5063 ++entry2
->num_pages
;
5064 ++this->page_gotno_
;
5069 // Remember how many pages the old range contributed.
5070 old_pages
= range
->get_max_pages();
5072 // Update the ranges.
5073 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
5074 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
5075 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
5077 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
5079 old_pages
+= range
->next
->get_max_pages();
5080 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
5081 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
5084 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
5087 // Record any change in the total estimate.
5088 new_pages
= range
->get_max_pages();
5089 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
5091 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
5093 entry2
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
5094 this->page_gotno_
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
5095 g2
->page_gotno_
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
5099 // Create all entries that should be in the local part of the GOT.
5101 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5103 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>::add_local_entries(
5104 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
, Layout
* layout
)
5106 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got
= target
->got_section();
5107 // First two GOT entries are reserved. The first entry will be filled at
5108 // runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
5109 got
->add_constant(0);
5110 got
->add_constant(target
->mips_elf_gnu_got1_mask());
5112 for (typename
Got_entry_set::iterator
5113 p
= this->got_entries_
.begin();
5114 p
!= this->got_entries_
.end();
5117 Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>* entry
= *p
;
5118 if (entry
->is_for_local_symbol() && !entry
->is_tls_entry())
5120 got
->add_local(entry
->object(), entry
->symndx(),
5122 unsigned int got_offset
= entry
->object()->local_got_offset(
5123 entry
->symndx(), GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
);
5124 if (got
->multi_got() && this->index_
> 0
5125 && parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
5126 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
)->add_local(entry
->object(),
5127 entry
->symndx(), elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32
, got
, got_offset
);
5131 this->add_page_entries(target
, layout
);
5133 // Add global entries that should be in the local area.
5134 for (typename
Got_entry_set::iterator
5135 p
= this->got_entries_
.begin();
5136 p
!= this->got_entries_
.end();
5139 Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>* entry
= *p
;
5140 if (!entry
->is_for_global_symbol())
5143 Mips_symbol
<size
>* mips_sym
= entry
->sym();
5144 if (mips_sym
->global_got_area() == GGA_NONE
&& !entry
->is_tls_entry())
5146 unsigned int got_type
;
5147 if (!got
->multi_got())
5148 got_type
= GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
;
5150 got_type
= GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT
+ this->index_
;
5151 if (got
->add_global(mips_sym
, got_type
))
5153 mips_sym
->set_global_gotoffset(mips_sym
->got_offset(got_type
));
5154 if (got
->multi_got() && this->index_
> 0
5155 && parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
5156 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
)->add_symbolless_global_addend(
5157 mips_sym
, elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32
, got
,
5158 mips_sym
->got_offset(got_type
));
5164 // Create GOT page entries.
5166 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5168 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>::add_page_entries(
5169 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
, Layout
* layout
)
5171 if (this->page_gotno_
== 0)
5174 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got
= target
->got_section();
5175 this->got_page_offset_start_
= got
->add_constant(0);
5176 if (got
->multi_got() && this->index_
> 0
5177 && parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
5178 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
)->add_absolute(elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32
, got
,
5179 this->got_page_offset_start_
);
5180 int num_entries
= this->page_gotno_
;
5181 unsigned int prev_offset
= this->got_page_offset_start_
;
5182 while (--num_entries
> 0)
5184 unsigned int next_offset
= got
->add_constant(0);
5185 if (got
->multi_got() && this->index_
> 0
5186 && parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
5187 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
)->add_absolute(elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32
, got
,
5189 gold_assert(next_offset
== prev_offset
+ size
/8);
5190 prev_offset
= next_offset
;
5192 this->got_page_offset_next_
= this->got_page_offset_start_
;
5195 // Create global GOT entries, both GGA_NORMAL and GGA_RELOC_ONLY.
5197 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5199 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>::add_global_entries(
5200 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
, Layout
* layout
,
5201 unsigned int non_reloc_only_global_gotno
)
5203 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got
= target
->got_section();
5204 // Add GGA_NORMAL entries.
5205 unsigned int count
= 0;
5206 for (typename
Got_entry_set::iterator
5207 p
= this->got_entries_
.begin();
5208 p
!= this->got_entries_
.end();
5211 Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>* entry
= *p
;
5212 if (!entry
->is_for_global_symbol())
5215 Mips_symbol
<size
>* mips_sym
= entry
->sym();
5216 if (mips_sym
->global_got_area() != GGA_NORMAL
)
5219 unsigned int got_type
;
5220 if (!got
->multi_got())
5221 got_type
= GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
;
5223 // In multi-GOT links, global symbol can be in both primary and
5224 // secondary GOT(s). By creating custom GOT type
5225 // (GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT + got_index) we ensure that symbol
5226 // is added to secondary GOT(s).
5227 got_type
= GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT
+ this->index_
;
5228 if (!got
->add_global(mips_sym
, got_type
))
5231 mips_sym
->set_global_gotoffset(mips_sym
->got_offset(got_type
));
5232 if (got
->multi_got() && this->index_
== 0)
5234 if (got
->multi_got() && this->index_
> 0)
5236 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent()
5237 || (!parameters
->doing_static_link()
5238 && mips_sym
->is_from_dynobj() && !mips_sym
->is_undefined()))
5240 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
)->add_global(
5241 mips_sym
, elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32
, got
,
5242 mips_sym
->got_offset(got_type
));
5243 got
->add_secondary_got_reloc(mips_sym
->got_offset(got_type
),
5244 elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32
, mips_sym
);
5249 if (!got
->multi_got() || this->index_
== 0)
5251 if (got
->multi_got())
5253 // We need to allocate space in the primary GOT for GGA_NORMAL entries
5254 // of secondary GOTs, to ensure that GOT offsets of GGA_RELOC_ONLY
5255 // entries correspond to dynamic symbol indexes.
5256 while (count
< non_reloc_only_global_gotno
)
5258 got
->add_constant(0);
5263 // Add GGA_RELOC_ONLY entries.
5264 got
->add_reloc_only_entries();
5268 // Create global GOT entries that should be in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area.
5270 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5272 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>::add_reloc_only_entries(
5273 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got
)
5275 for (typename Unordered_set
<Mips_symbol
<size
>*>::iterator
5276 p
= this->global_got_symbols_
.begin();
5277 p
!= this->global_got_symbols_
.end();
5280 Mips_symbol
<size
>* mips_sym
= *p
;
5281 if (mips_sym
->global_got_area() == GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
5283 unsigned int got_type
;
5284 if (!got
->multi_got())
5285 got_type
= GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
;
5287 got_type
= GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT
;
5288 if (got
->add_global(mips_sym
, got_type
))
5289 mips_sym
->set_global_gotoffset(mips_sym
->got_offset(got_type
));
5294 // Create TLS GOT entries.
5296 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5298 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>::add_tls_entries(
5299 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
, Layout
* layout
)
5301 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got
= target
->got_section();
5302 // Add local tls entries.
5303 for (typename
Got_entry_set::iterator
5304 p
= this->got_entries_
.begin();
5305 p
!= this->got_entries_
.end();
5308 Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>* entry
= *p
;
5309 if (!entry
->is_tls_entry() || !entry
->is_for_local_symbol())
5312 if (entry
->tls_type() == GOT_TLS_GD
)
5314 unsigned int got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
;
5315 unsigned int r_type1
= (size
== 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
5316 : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
);
5317 unsigned int r_type2
= (size
== 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
5318 : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
);
5320 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
5322 got
->add_local_pair_with_rel(entry
->object(), entry
->symndx(),
5323 entry
->shndx(), got_type
,
5324 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
),
5326 unsigned int got_offset
=
5327 entry
->object()->local_got_offset(entry
->symndx(), got_type
);
5328 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
+ size
/8, r_type2
,
5329 entry
->object(), entry
->symndx());
5333 // We are doing a static link. Mark it as belong to module 1,
5335 unsigned int got_offset
= got
->add_constant(1);
5336 entry
->object()->set_local_got_offset(entry
->symndx(), got_type
,
5338 got
->add_constant(0);
5339 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
+ size
/8, r_type2
,
5340 entry
->object(), entry
->symndx());
5343 else if (entry
->tls_type() == GOT_TLS_IE
)
5345 unsigned int got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
;
5346 unsigned int r_type
= (size
== 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
5347 : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
);
5348 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
5349 got
->add_local_with_rel(entry
->object(), entry
->symndx(), got_type
,
5350 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
), r_type
);
5353 got
->add_local(entry
->object(), entry
->symndx(), got_type
);
5354 unsigned int got_offset
=
5355 entry
->object()->local_got_offset(entry
->symndx(), got_type
);
5356 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, entry
->object(),
5360 else if (entry
->tls_type() == GOT_TLS_LDM
)
5362 unsigned int r_type
= (size
== 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
5363 : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
);
5364 unsigned int got_offset
;
5365 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
5367 got_offset
= got
->add_constant(0);
5368 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
)->add_local(
5369 entry
->object(), 0, r_type
, got
, got_offset
);
5372 // We are doing a static link. Just mark it as belong to module 1,
5374 got_offset
= got
->add_constant(1);
5376 got
->add_constant(0);
5377 got
->set_tls_ldm_offset(got_offset
, entry
->object());
5383 // Add global tls entries.
5384 for (typename
Got_entry_set::iterator
5385 p
= this->got_entries_
.begin();
5386 p
!= this->got_entries_
.end();
5389 Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>* entry
= *p
;
5390 if (!entry
->is_tls_entry() || !entry
->is_for_global_symbol())
5393 Mips_symbol
<size
>* mips_sym
= entry
->sym();
5394 if (entry
->tls_type() == GOT_TLS_GD
)
5396 unsigned int got_type
;
5397 if (!got
->multi_got())
5398 got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
;
5400 got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR_MULTIGOT
+ this->index_
;
5401 unsigned int r_type1
= (size
== 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
5402 : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
);
5403 unsigned int r_type2
= (size
== 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
5404 : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
);
5405 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
5406 got
->add_global_pair_with_rel(mips_sym
, got_type
,
5407 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
), r_type1
, r_type2
);
5410 // Add a GOT pair for for R_MIPS_TLS_GD. The creates a pair of
5411 // GOT entries. The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the
5412 // module index for the main executable and the second one 0. A
5413 // reloc of the type R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32/64 will be created for
5414 // the second GOT entry and will be applied by gold.
5415 unsigned int got_offset
= got
->add_constant(1);
5416 mips_sym
->set_got_offset(got_type
, got_offset
);
5417 got
->add_constant(0);
5418 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
+ size
/8, r_type2
, mips_sym
);
5421 else if (entry
->tls_type() == GOT_TLS_IE
)
5423 unsigned int got_type
;
5424 if (!got
->multi_got())
5425 got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
;
5427 got_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET_MULTIGOT
+ this->index_
;
5428 unsigned int r_type
= (size
== 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
5429 : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
);
5430 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
5431 got
->add_global_with_rel(mips_sym
, got_type
,
5432 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
), r_type
);
5435 got
->add_global(mips_sym
, got_type
);
5436 unsigned int got_offset
= mips_sym
->got_offset(got_type
);
5437 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, mips_sym
);
5445 // Decide whether the symbol needs an entry in the global part of the primary
5446 // GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly. Count the number of global
5447 // symbols that are in the primary GOT only because they have dynamic
5448 // relocations R_MIPS_REL32 against them (reloc_only_gotno).
5450 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5452 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>::count_got_symbols(Symbol_table
* symtab
)
5454 for (typename Unordered_set
<Mips_symbol
<size
>*>::iterator
5455 p
= this->global_got_symbols_
.begin();
5456 p
!= this->global_got_symbols_
.end();
5459 Mips_symbol
<size
>* sym
= *p
;
5460 // Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
5461 // local or global GOT. Symbols that bind locally can (and in the
5462 // case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT.
5463 // Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also
5464 // live in the local GOT.
5466 if (!sym
->should_add_dynsym_entry(symtab
)
5467 || (sym
->got_only_for_calls()
5468 ? symbol_calls_local(sym
, sym
->should_add_dynsym_entry(symtab
))
5469 : symbol_references_local(sym
,
5470 sym
->should_add_dynsym_entry(symtab
))))
5471 // The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
5472 // entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
5473 // will be against the null or section symbol instead.
5474 sym
->set_global_got_area(GGA_NONE
);
5475 else if (sym
->global_got_area() == GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
5477 ++this->reloc_only_gotno_
;
5478 ++this->global_gotno_
;
5483 // Return the offset of GOT page entry for VALUE. Initialize the entry with
5484 // VALUE if it is not initialized.
5486 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5488 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>::get_got_page_offset(Mips_address value
,
5489 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got
)
5491 typename
Got_page_offsets::iterator it
= this->got_page_offsets_
.find(value
);
5492 if (it
!= this->got_page_offsets_
.end())
5495 gold_assert(this->got_page_offset_next_
< this->got_page_offset_start_
5496 + (size
/8) * this->page_gotno_
);
5498 unsigned int got_offset
= this->got_page_offset_next_
;
5499 this->got_page_offsets_
[value
] = got_offset
;
5500 this->got_page_offset_next_
+= size
/8;
5501 got
->update_got_entry(got_offset
, value
);
5505 // Remove lazy-binding stubs for global symbols in this GOT.
5507 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5509 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>::remove_lazy_stubs(
5510 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
)
5512 for (typename
Got_entry_set::iterator
5513 p
= this->got_entries_
.begin();
5514 p
!= this->got_entries_
.end();
5517 Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>* entry
= *p
;
5518 if (entry
->is_for_global_symbol())
5519 target
->remove_lazy_stub_entry(entry
->sym());
5523 // Count the number of GOT entries required.
5525 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5527 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>::count_got_entries()
5529 for (typename
Got_entry_set::iterator
5530 p
= this->got_entries_
.begin();
5531 p
!= this->got_entries_
.end();
5534 this->count_got_entry(*p
);
5538 // Count the number of GOT entries required by ENTRY. Accumulate the result.
5540 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5542 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>::count_got_entry(
5543 Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>* entry
)
5545 if (entry
->is_tls_entry())
5546 this->tls_gotno_
+= mips_tls_got_entries(entry
->tls_type());
5547 else if (entry
->is_for_local_symbol()
5548 || entry
->sym()->global_got_area() == GGA_NONE
)
5549 ++this->local_gotno_
;
5551 ++this->global_gotno_
;
5554 // Add FROM's GOT entries.
5556 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5558 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>::add_got_entries(
5559 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* from
)
5561 for (typename
Got_entry_set::iterator
5562 p
= from
->got_entries_
.begin();
5563 p
!= from
->got_entries_
.end();
5566 Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>* entry
= *p
;
5567 if (this->got_entries_
.find(entry
) == this->got_entries_
.end())
5569 Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>* entry2
=
5570 new Mips_got_entry
<size
, big_endian
>(*entry
);
5571 this->got_entries_
.insert(entry2
);
5572 this->count_got_entry(entry
);
5577 // Add FROM's GOT page entries.
5579 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5581 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>::add_got_page_entries(
5582 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* from
)
5584 for (typename
Got_page_entry_set::iterator
5585 p
= from
->got_page_entries_
.begin();
5586 p
!= from
->got_page_entries_
.end();
5589 Got_page_entry
* entry
= *p
;
5590 if (this->got_page_entries_
.find(entry
) == this->got_page_entries_
.end())
5592 Got_page_entry
* entry2
= new Got_page_entry(*entry
);
5593 this->got_page_entries_
.insert(entry2
);
5594 this->page_gotno_
+= entry
->num_pages
;
5599 // Mips_output_data_got methods.
5601 // Lay out the GOT. Add local, global and TLS entries. If GOT is
5602 // larger than 64K, create multi-GOT.
5604 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5606 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>::lay_out_got(Layout
* layout
,
5607 Symbol_table
* symtab
, const Input_objects
* input_objects
)
5609 // Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
5610 // count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols.
5611 this->master_got_info_
->count_got_symbols(symtab
);
5613 // Count the number of GOT entries.
5614 this->master_got_info_
->count_got_entries();
5616 unsigned int got_size
= this->master_got_info_
->got_size();
5617 if (got_size
> Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::MIPS_GOT_MAX_SIZE
)
5618 this->lay_out_multi_got(layout
, input_objects
);
5621 // Record that all objects use single GOT.
5622 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
5623 p
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
5626 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
=
5627 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>::as_mips_relobj(*p
);
5628 if (object
->get_got_info() != NULL
)
5629 object
->set_got_info(this->master_got_info_
);
5632 this->master_got_info_
->add_local_entries(this->target_
, layout
);
5633 this->master_got_info_
->add_global_entries(this->target_
, layout
,
5635 this->master_got_info_
->add_tls_entries(this->target_
, layout
);
5639 // Create multi-GOT. For every GOT, add local, global and TLS entries.
5641 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5643 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>::lay_out_multi_got(Layout
* layout
,
5644 const Input_objects
* input_objects
)
5646 // Try to merge the GOTs of input objects together, as long as they
5647 // don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
5648 // to be the primary GOT.
5649 this->merge_gots(input_objects
);
5651 // Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
5652 // present in the primary GOT.
5653 this->primary_got_
->set_global_gotno(this->master_got_info_
->global_gotno());
5657 unsigned int offset
= 0;
5658 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* g
= this->primary_got_
;
5662 g
->set_offset(offset
);
5664 g
->add_local_entries(this->target_
, layout
);
5666 g
->add_global_entries(this->target_
, layout
,
5667 (this->master_got_info_
->global_gotno()
5668 - this->master_got_info_
->reloc_only_gotno()));
5670 g
->add_global_entries(this->target_
, layout
, /*not used*/-1U);
5671 g
->add_tls_entries(this->target_
, layout
);
5673 // Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
5674 // lazy-binding stubs.
5676 g
->remove_lazy_stubs(this->target_
);
5679 offset
+= g
->got_size();
5685 // Attempt to merge GOTs of different input objects. Try to use as much as
5686 // possible of the primary GOT, since it doesn't require explicit dynamic
5687 // relocations, but don't use objects that would reference global symbols
5688 // out of the addressable range. Failing the primary GOT, attempt to merge
5689 // with the current GOT, or finish the current GOT and then make make the new
5692 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5694 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>::merge_gots(
5695 const Input_objects
* input_objects
)
5697 gold_assert(this->primary_got_
== NULL
);
5698 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* current
= NULL
;
5700 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
5701 p
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
5704 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
=
5705 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>::as_mips_relobj(*p
);
5707 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* g
= object
->get_got_info();
5711 g
->count_got_entries();
5713 // Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries.
5714 unsigned int estimate
= this->master_got_info_
->page_gotno();
5715 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno())
5716 estimate
= g
->page_gotno();
5717 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno() + g
->tls_gotno();
5719 // We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
5720 // for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
5721 // sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
5722 // case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs.
5723 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno() > 0 ? this->master_got_info_
->global_gotno()
5724 : g
->global_gotno());
5726 unsigned int max_count
=
5727 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::MIPS_GOT_MAX_SIZE
/ (size
/8) - 2;
5728 if (estimate
<= max_count
)
5730 // If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
5731 // a starting point for the primary GOT.
5732 if (!this->primary_got_
)
5734 this->primary_got_
= g
;
5738 // Try merging with the primary GOT.
5739 if (this->merge_got_with(g
, object
, this->primary_got_
))
5743 // If we can merge with the last-created GOT, do it.
5744 if (current
&& this->merge_got_with(g
, object
, current
))
5747 // Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
5748 // fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
5749 // overflows anyway.
5750 g
->set_next(current
);
5754 // If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one.
5755 if (this->primary_got_
== NULL
)
5756 this->primary_got_
= new Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>();
5758 // Link primary GOT with secondary GOTs.
5759 this->primary_got_
->set_next(current
);
5762 // Consider merging FROM, which is OBJECT's GOT, into TO. Return false if
5763 // this would lead to overflow, true if they were merged successfully.
5765 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5767 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>::merge_got_with(
5768 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* from
,
5769 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
5770 Mips_got_info
<size
, big_endian
>* to
)
5772 // Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT.
5773 unsigned int estimate
= this->master_got_info_
->page_gotno();
5774 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno() + to
->page_gotno())
5775 estimate
= from
->page_gotno() + to
->page_gotno();
5777 // Conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries would be needed.
5778 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno() + to
->local_gotno();
5779 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno() + to
->tls_gotno();
5781 // If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
5782 // come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
5783 // conservatively as well.
5784 if (to
== this->primary_got_
&& (from
->tls_gotno() + to
->tls_gotno()) > 0)
5785 estimate
+= this->master_got_info_
->global_gotno();
5787 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno() + to
->global_gotno();
5789 // Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big.
5790 unsigned int max_count
=
5791 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::MIPS_GOT_MAX_SIZE
/ (size
/8) - 2;
5792 if (estimate
> max_count
)
5795 // Transfer the object's GOT information from FROM to TO.
5796 to
->add_got_entries(from
);
5797 to
->add_got_page_entries(from
);
5799 // Record that OBJECT should use output GOT TO.
5800 object
->set_got_info(to
);
5805 // Write out the GOT.
5807 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5809 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
5811 // Call parent to write out GOT.
5812 Output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>::do_write(of
);
5814 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
5815 const section_size_type oview_size
=
5816 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
5817 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
5819 // Needed for fixing values of .got section.
5820 this->got_view_
= oview
;
5822 // Write lazy stub addresses.
5823 for (typename Unordered_set
<Mips_symbol
<size
>*>::iterator
5824 p
= this->master_got_info_
->global_got_symbols().begin();
5825 p
!= this->master_got_info_
->global_got_symbols().end();
5828 Mips_symbol
<size
>* mips_sym
= *p
;
5829 if (mips_sym
->has_lazy_stub())
5831 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(
5832 oview
+ this->get_primary_got_offset(mips_sym
));
5834 this->target_
->mips_stubs_section()->stub_address(mips_sym
);
5835 elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, value
);
5839 // Add +1 to GGA_NONE nonzero MIPS16 and microMIPS entries.
5840 for (typename Unordered_set
<Mips_symbol
<size
>*>::iterator
5841 p
= this->master_got_info_
->global_got_symbols().begin();
5842 p
!= this->master_got_info_
->global_got_symbols().end();
5845 Mips_symbol
<size
>* mips_sym
= *p
;
5846 if (!this->multi_got()
5847 && (mips_sym
->is_mips16() || mips_sym
->is_micromips())
5848 && mips_sym
->global_got_area() == GGA_NONE
5849 && mips_sym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
5851 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(
5852 oview
+ mips_sym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
5853 Valtype value
= elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
5857 elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, value
);
5862 if (!this->secondary_got_relocs_
.empty())
5864 // Fixup for the secondary GOT R_MIPS_REL32 relocs. For global
5865 // secondary GOT entries with non-zero initial value copy the value
5866 // to the corresponding primary GOT entry, and set the secondary GOT
5868 // TODO(sasa): This is workaround. It needs to be investigated further.
5870 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< this->secondary_got_relocs_
.size(); ++i
)
5872 Static_reloc
& reloc(this->secondary_got_relocs_
[i
]);
5873 if (reloc
.symbol_is_global())
5875 Mips_symbol
<size
>* gsym
= reloc
.symbol();
5876 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
5878 unsigned got_offset
= reloc
.got_offset();
5879 gold_assert(got_offset
< oview_size
);
5881 // Find primary GOT entry.
5882 Valtype
* wv_prim
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(
5883 oview
+ this->get_primary_got_offset(gsym
));
5885 // Find secondary GOT entry.
5886 Valtype
* wv_sec
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(oview
+ got_offset
);
5888 Valtype value
= elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::readval(wv_sec
);
5891 elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::writeval(wv_prim
, value
);
5892 elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::writeval(wv_sec
, 0);
5893 gsym
->set_applied_secondary_got_fixup();
5898 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
5901 // We are done if there is no fix up.
5902 if (this->static_relocs_
.empty())
5905 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= this->layout_
->tls_segment();
5906 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
5908 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< this->static_relocs_
.size(); ++i
)
5910 Static_reloc
& reloc(this->static_relocs_
[i
]);
5913 if (!reloc
.symbol_is_global())
5915 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
= reloc
.relobj();
5916 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
=
5917 object
->local_symbol(reloc
.index());
5919 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
5920 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section.
5922 unsigned int shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
5923 if ((shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
5925 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
5926 && !object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
5927 && !this->symbol_table_
->is_section_folded(object
, shndx
)))
5929 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded local symbol %u from "
5930 " object %s in GOT"),
5931 reloc
.index(), reloc
.relobj()->name().c_str());
5935 value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
5939 const Mips_symbol
<size
>* gsym
= reloc
.symbol();
5940 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
5942 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
5943 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section
5944 // unless it is a weakly_undefined symbol.
5945 if ((gsym
->is_defined_in_discarded_section() || gsym
->is_undefined())
5946 && !gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
5948 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded symbol %s in GOT"),
5953 if (!gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
5954 value
= gsym
->value();
5959 unsigned got_offset
= reloc
.got_offset();
5960 gold_assert(got_offset
< oview_size
);
5962 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(oview
+ got_offset
);
5965 switch (reloc
.r_type())
5967 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
:
5968 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
:
5971 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5972 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5973 x
= value
- elfcpp::DTP_OFFSET
;
5975 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5976 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5977 x
= value
- elfcpp::TP_OFFSET
;
5984 elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
5987 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
5990 // Mips_relobj methods.
5992 // Count the local symbols. The Mips backend needs to know if a symbol
5993 // is a MIPS16 or microMIPS function or not. For global symbols, it is easy
5994 // because the Symbol object keeps the ELF symbol type and st_other field.
5995 // For local symbol it is harder because we cannot access this information.
5996 // So we override the do_count_local_symbol in parent and scan local symbols to
5997 // mark MIPS16 and microMIPS functions. This is not the most efficient way but
5998 // I do not want to slow down other ports by calling a per symbol target hook
5999 // inside Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols.
6001 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6003 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(
6004 Stringpool_template
<char>* pool
,
6005 Stringpool_template
<char>* dynpool
)
6007 // Ask parent to count the local symbols.
6008 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(pool
, dynpool
);
6009 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6013 // Initialize the mips16 and micromips function bit-vector.
6014 this->local_symbol_is_mips16_
.resize(loccount
, false);
6015 this->local_symbol_is_micromips_
.resize(loccount
, false);
6017 // Read the symbol table section header.
6018 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6019 elfcpp::Shdr
<size
, big_endian
>
6020 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6021 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6023 // Read the local symbols.
6024 const int sym_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<size
>::sym_size
;
6025 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6026 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6027 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6028 locsize
, true, true);
6030 // Loop over the local symbols and mark any MIPS16 or microMIPS local symbols.
6032 // Skip the first dummy symbol.
6034 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
6036 elfcpp::Sym
<size
, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
6037 unsigned char st_other
= sym
.get_st_other();
6038 this->local_symbol_is_mips16_
[i
] = elfcpp::elf_st_is_mips16(st_other
);
6039 this->local_symbol_is_micromips_
[i
] =
6040 elfcpp::elf_st_is_micromips(st_other
);
6044 // Read the symbol information.
6046 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6048 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
6050 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6051 this->base_read_symbols(sd
);
6053 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6054 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
6055 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<size
>::ehdr_size
,
6057 elfcpp::Ehdr
<size
, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
6058 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
6060 // Get the section names.
6061 const unsigned char* pnamesu
= sd
->section_names
->data();
6062 const char* pnames
= reinterpret_cast<const char*>(pnamesu
);
6064 // Initialize the mips16 stub section bit-vectors.
6065 this->section_is_mips16_fn_stub_
.resize(this->shnum(), false);
6066 this->section_is_mips16_call_stub_
.resize(this->shnum(), false);
6067 this->section_is_mips16_call_fp_stub_
.resize(this->shnum(), false);
6069 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<size
>::shdr_size
;
6070 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= sd
->section_headers
->data();
6071 const unsigned char* ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6072 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< this->shnum(); ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6074 elfcpp::Shdr
<size
, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6076 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
6078 // Read the gp value that was used to create this object. We need the
6079 // gp value while processing relocs. The .reginfo section is not used
6080 // in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI.
6081 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
6082 section_size_type section_size
=
6083 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6084 const unsigned char* view
=
6085 this->get_view(section_offset
, section_size
, true, false);
6087 this->gp_
= elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::readval(view
+ 20);
6089 // Read the rest of .reginfo.
6090 this->gprmask_
= elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::readval(view
);
6091 this->cprmask1_
= elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::readval(view
+ 4);
6092 this->cprmask2_
= elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::readval(view
+ 8);
6093 this->cprmask3_
= elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::readval(view
+ 12);
6094 this->cprmask4_
= elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::readval(view
+ 16);
6097 const char* name
= pnames
+ shdr
.get_sh_name();
6098 this->section_is_mips16_fn_stub_
[i
] = is_prefix_of(".mips16.fn", name
);
6099 this->section_is_mips16_call_stub_
[i
] =
6100 is_prefix_of(".mips16.call.", name
);
6101 this->section_is_mips16_call_fp_stub_
[i
] =
6102 is_prefix_of(".mips16.call.fp.", name
);
6104 if (strcmp(name
, ".pdr") == 0)
6106 gold_assert(this->pdr_shndx_
== -1U);
6107 this->pdr_shndx_
= i
;
6112 // Discard MIPS16 stub secions that are not needed.
6114 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6116 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>::discard_mips16_stub_sections(Symbol_table
* symtab
)
6118 for (typename
Mips16_stubs_int_map::const_iterator
6119 it
= this->mips16_stub_sections_
.begin();
6120 it
!= this->mips16_stub_sections_
.end(); ++it
)
6122 Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>* stub_section
= it
->second
;
6123 if (!stub_section
->is_target_found())
6125 gold_error(_("no relocation found in mips16 stub section '%s'"),
6126 stub_section
->object()
6127 ->section_name(stub_section
->shndx()).c_str());
6130 bool discard
= false;
6131 if (stub_section
->is_for_local_function())
6133 if (stub_section
->is_fn_stub())
6135 // This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only
6136 // be needed if there is some relocation in this object,
6137 // other than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this
6139 if (!this->has_local_non_16bit_call_relocs(stub_section
->r_sym()))
6142 this->add_local_mips16_fn_stub(stub_section
);
6146 // This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only
6147 // be needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in
6148 // this object that refers to this symbol.
6149 gold_assert(stub_section
->is_call_stub()
6150 || stub_section
->is_call_fp_stub());
6151 if (!this->has_local_16bit_call_relocs(stub_section
->r_sym()))
6154 this->add_local_mips16_call_stub(stub_section
);
6159 Mips_symbol
<size
>* gsym
= stub_section
->gsym();
6160 if (stub_section
->is_fn_stub())
6162 if (gsym
->has_mips16_fn_stub())
6163 // We already have a stub for this function.
6167 gsym
->set_mips16_fn_stub(stub_section
);
6168 if (gsym
->should_add_dynsym_entry(symtab
))
6170 // If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the
6171 // dynamic symbol must refer to the stub, since only
6172 // the stub uses the standard calling conventions.
6173 gsym
->set_need_fn_stub();
6174 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj())
6175 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_value();
6178 if (!gsym
->need_fn_stub())
6181 else if (stub_section
->is_call_stub())
6183 if (gsym
->is_mips16())
6184 // We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit
6185 // function, so calls from other 16 bit functions are
6188 else if (gsym
->has_mips16_call_stub())
6189 // We already have a stub for this function.
6192 gsym
->set_mips16_call_stub(stub_section
);
6196 gold_assert(stub_section
->is_call_fp_stub());
6197 if (gsym
->is_mips16())
6198 // We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit
6199 // function, so calls from other 16 bit functions are
6202 else if (gsym
->has_mips16_call_fp_stub())
6203 // We already have a stub for this function.
6206 gsym
->set_mips16_call_fp_stub(stub_section
);
6210 this->set_output_section(stub_section
->shndx(), NULL
);
6214 // Mips_output_data_la25_stub methods.
6216 // Template for standard LA25 stub.
6217 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6219 Mips_output_data_la25_stub
<size
, big_endian
>::la25_stub_entry
[] =
6221 0x3c190000, // lui $25,%hi(func)
6222 0x08000000, // j func
6223 0x27390000, // add $25,$25,%lo(func)
6227 // Template for microMIPS LA25 stub.
6228 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6230 Mips_output_data_la25_stub
<size
, big_endian
>::la25_stub_micromips_entry
[] =
6232 0x41b9, 0x0000, // lui t9,%hi(func)
6233 0xd400, 0x0000, // j func
6234 0x3339, 0x0000, // addiu t9,t9,%lo(func)
6235 0x0000, 0x0000 // nop
6238 // Create la25 stub for a symbol.
6240 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6242 Mips_output_data_la25_stub
<size
, big_endian
>::create_la25_stub(
6243 Symbol_table
* symtab
, Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
,
6244 Mips_symbol
<size
>* gsym
)
6246 if (!gsym
->has_la25_stub())
6248 gsym
->set_la25_stub_offset(this->symbols_
.size() * 16);
6249 this->symbols_
.insert(gsym
);
6250 this->create_stub_symbol(gsym
, symtab
, target
, 16);
6254 // Create a symbol for SYM stub's value and size, to help make the disassembly
6257 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6259 Mips_output_data_la25_stub
<size
, big_endian
>::create_stub_symbol(
6260 Mips_symbol
<size
>* sym
, Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6261 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
, uint64_t symsize
)
6263 std::string
name(".pic.");
6264 name
+= sym
->name();
6266 unsigned int offset
= sym
->la25_stub_offset();
6267 if (sym
->is_micromips())
6270 // Make it a local function.
6271 Symbol
* new_sym
= symtab
->define_in_output_data(name
.c_str(), NULL
,
6272 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
6273 target
->la25_stub_section(),
6274 offset
, symsize
, elfcpp::STT_FUNC
,
6276 elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT
, 0,
6278 new_sym
->set_is_forced_local();
6281 // Write out la25 stubs. This uses the hand-coded instructions above,
6282 // and adjusts them as needed.
6284 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6286 Mips_output_data_la25_stub
<size
, big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
6288 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
6289 const section_size_type oview_size
=
6290 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
6291 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
6293 for (typename Unordered_set
<Mips_symbol
<size
>*>::iterator
6294 p
= this->symbols_
.begin();
6295 p
!= this->symbols_
.end();
6298 Mips_symbol
<size
>* sym
= *p
;
6299 unsigned char* pov
= oview
+ sym
->la25_stub_offset();
6301 Mips_address target
= sym
->value();
6302 if (!sym
->is_micromips())
6304 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
,
6305 la25_stub_entry
[0] | (((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff));
6306 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4,
6307 la25_stub_entry
[1] | ((target
>> 2) & 0x3ffffff));
6308 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 8,
6309 la25_stub_entry
[2] | (target
& 0xffff));
6310 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 12, la25_stub_entry
[3]);
6315 // First stub instruction. Paste high 16-bits of the target.
6316 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
,
6317 la25_stub_micromips_entry
[0]);
6318 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 2,
6319 ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff);
6320 // Second stub instruction. Paste low 26-bits of the target, shifted
6322 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4,
6323 la25_stub_micromips_entry
[2] | ((target
>> 17) & 0x3ff));
6324 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 6,
6325 la25_stub_micromips_entry
[3] | ((target
>> 1) & 0xffff));
6326 // Third stub instruction. Paste low 16-bits of the target.
6327 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 8,
6328 la25_stub_micromips_entry
[4]);
6329 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 10, target
& 0xffff);
6330 // Fourth stub instruction.
6331 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 12,
6332 la25_stub_micromips_entry
[6]);
6333 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 14,
6334 la25_stub_micromips_entry
[7]);
6338 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
6341 // Mips_output_data_plt methods.
6343 // The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
6344 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6345 const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt
<size
, big_endian
>::plt0_entry_o32
[] =
6347 0x3c1c0000, // lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0])
6348 0x8f990000, // lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28)
6349 0x279c0000, // addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])
6350 0x031cc023, // subu $24, $24, $28
6351 0x03e07825, // or $15, $31, zero
6352 0x0018c082, // srl $24, $24, 2
6353 0x0320f809, // jalr $25
6354 0x2718fffe // subu $24, $24, 2
6357 // The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
6358 // because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead.
6359 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6360 const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt
<size
, big_endian
>::plt0_entry_n32
[] =
6362 0x3c0e0000, // lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0])
6363 0x8dd90000, // lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14)
6364 0x25ce0000, // addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])
6365 0x030ec023, // subu $24, $24, $14
6366 0x03e07825, // or $15, $31, zero
6367 0x0018c082, // srl $24, $24, 2
6368 0x0320f809, // jalr $25
6369 0x2718fffe // subu $24, $24, 2
6372 // The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
6373 // from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries.
6374 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6375 const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt
<size
, big_endian
>::plt0_entry_n64
[] =
6377 0x3c0e0000, // lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0])
6378 0xddd90000, // ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14)
6379 0x25ce0000, // addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])
6380 0x030ec023, // subu $24, $24, $14
6381 0x03e07825, // or $15, $31, zero
6382 0x0018c0c2, // srl $24, $24, 3
6383 0x0320f809, // jalr $25
6384 0x2718fffe // subu $24, $24, 2
6387 // The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
6388 // We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
6389 // of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
6390 // all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
6392 // The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only.
6393 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6394 const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt
<size
, big_endian
>::
6395 plt0_entry_micromips_o32
[] =
6397 0x7980, 0x0000, // addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - .
6398 0xff23, 0x0000, // lw $25, 0($3)
6399 0x0535, // subu $2, $2, $3
6400 0x2525, // srl $2, $2, 2
6401 0x3302, 0xfffe, // subu $24, $2, 2
6402 0x0dff, // move $15, $31
6403 0x45f9, // jalrs $25
6404 0x0f83, // move $28, $3
6408 // The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
6409 // in the insn32 mode.
6410 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6411 const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt
<size
, big_endian
>::
6412 plt0_entry_micromips32_o32
[] =
6414 0x41bc, 0x0000, // lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0])
6415 0xff3c, 0x0000, // lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28)
6416 0x339c, 0x0000, // addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])
6417 0x0398, 0xc1d0, // subu $24, $24, $28
6418 0x001f, 0x7a90, // or $15, $31, zero
6419 0x0318, 0x1040, // srl $24, $24, 2
6420 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, // jalr $25
6421 0x3318, 0xfffe // subu $24, $24, 2
6424 // The format of subsequent standard entries in the PLT.
6425 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6426 const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt
<size
, big_endian
>::plt_entry
[] =
6428 0x3c0f0000, // lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry)
6429 0x8df90000, // l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15)
6430 0x03200008, // jr $25
6431 0x25f80000 // addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry)
6434 // The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v1 ($3) as a
6435 // temporary because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not directly addressable.
6436 // Note that this differs from the GNU ld which uses both v0 ($2) and v1 ($3).
6437 // We cannot use v0 because MIPS16 call stubs from the CS toolchain expect
6438 // target function address in register v0.
6439 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6440 const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt
<size
, big_endian
>::plt_entry_mips16_o32
[] =
6442 0xb303, // lw $3, 12($pc)
6443 0x651b, // move $24, $3
6444 0x9b60, // lw $3, 0($3)
6446 0x653b, // move $25, $3
6448 0x0000, 0x0000 // .word (.got.plt entry)
6451 // The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
6452 // as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC.
6453 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6454 const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt
<size
, big_endian
>::
6455 plt_entry_micromips_o32
[] =
6457 0x7900, 0x0000, // addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - .
6458 0xff22, 0x0000, // lw $25, 0($2)
6460 0x0f02 // move $24, $2
6463 // The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode.
6464 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6465 const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt
<size
, big_endian
>::
6466 plt_entry_micromips32_o32
[] =
6468 0x41af, 0x0000, // lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry)
6469 0xff2f, 0x0000, // lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15)
6470 0x0019, 0x0f3c, // jr $25
6471 0x330f, 0x0000 // addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry)
6474 // Add an entry to the PLT for a symbol referenced by r_type relocation.
6476 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6478 Mips_output_data_plt
<size
, big_endian
>::add_entry(Mips_symbol
<size
>* gsym
,
6479 unsigned int r_type
)
6481 gold_assert(!gsym
->has_plt_offset());
6483 // Final PLT offset for a symbol will be set in method set_plt_offsets().
6484 gsym
->set_plt_offset(this->entry_count() * sizeof(plt_entry
)
6485 + sizeof(plt0_entry_o32
));
6486 this->symbols_
.push_back(gsym
);
6488 // Record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
6489 // or a compressed code entry.
6490 if (jal_reloc(r_type
))
6492 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_26
)
6493 gsym
->set_needs_mips_plt(true);
6495 gsym
->set_needs_comp_plt(true);
6498 section_offset_type got_offset
= this->got_plt_
->current_data_size();
6500 // Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT
6501 // entry (this will be changed by the dynamic linker, normally
6502 // lazily when the function is called).
6503 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(got_offset
+ size
/8);
6505 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_entry();
6506 this->rel_
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, this->got_plt_
,
6510 // Set final PLT offsets. For each symbol, determine whether standard or
6511 // compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry is used.
6513 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6515 Mips_output_data_plt
<size
, big_endian
>::set_plt_offsets()
6517 // The sizes of individual PLT entries.
6518 unsigned int plt_mips_entry_size
= this->standard_plt_entry_size();
6519 unsigned int plt_comp_entry_size
= (!this->target_
->is_output_newabi()
6520 ? this->compressed_plt_entry_size() : 0);
6522 for (typename
std::vector
<Mips_symbol
<size
>*>::const_iterator
6523 p
= this->symbols_
.begin(); p
!= this->symbols_
.end(); ++p
)
6525 Mips_symbol
<size
>* mips_sym
= *p
;
6527 // There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for n32 or n64,
6528 // so always use a standard entry there.
6530 // If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
6531 // all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
6532 // to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
6533 // standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
6535 if (this->target_
->is_output_newabi()
6536 || mips_sym
->has_mips16_call_stub()
6537 || mips_sym
->has_mips16_call_fp_stub())
6539 mips_sym
->set_needs_mips_plt(true);
6540 mips_sym
->set_needs_comp_plt(false);
6543 // Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
6544 // have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
6545 // entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
6546 // contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
6547 // pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
6548 // because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower.
6549 if (!mips_sym
->needs_mips_plt() && !mips_sym
->needs_comp_plt())
6551 if (this->target_
->is_output_micromips())
6552 mips_sym
->set_needs_comp_plt(true);
6554 mips_sym
->set_needs_mips_plt(true);
6557 if (mips_sym
->needs_mips_plt())
6559 mips_sym
->set_mips_plt_offset(this->plt_mips_offset_
);
6560 this->plt_mips_offset_
+= plt_mips_entry_size
;
6562 if (mips_sym
->needs_comp_plt())
6564 mips_sym
->set_comp_plt_offset(this->plt_comp_offset_
);
6565 this->plt_comp_offset_
+= plt_comp_entry_size
;
6569 // Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we are using it.
6570 if (this->plt_mips_offset_
+ this->plt_comp_offset_
!= 0)
6571 this->plt_header_size_
= this->get_plt_header_size();
6574 // Write out the PLT. This uses the hand-coded instructions above,
6575 // and adjusts them as needed.
6577 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6579 Mips_output_data_plt
<size
, big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
6581 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
6582 const section_size_type oview_size
=
6583 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
6584 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
6586 const off_t gotplt_file_offset
= this->got_plt_
->offset();
6587 const section_size_type gotplt_size
=
6588 convert_to_section_size_type(this->got_plt_
->data_size());
6589 unsigned char* const gotplt_view
= of
->get_output_view(gotplt_file_offset
,
6591 unsigned char* pov
= oview
;
6593 Mips_address plt_address
= this->address();
6595 // Calculate the address of .got.plt.
6596 Mips_address gotplt_addr
= this->got_plt_
->address();
6597 Mips_address gotplt_addr_high
= ((gotplt_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
6598 Mips_address gotplt_addr_low
= gotplt_addr
& 0xffff;
6600 // The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
6601 // not be loaded in two instructions.
6602 gold_assert((gotplt_addr
& ~(Mips_address
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
6603 || ~(gotplt_addr
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
6605 // Write the PLT header.
6606 const uint32_t* plt0_entry
= this->get_plt_header_entry();
6607 if (plt0_entry
== plt0_entry_micromips_o32
)
6609 // Write microMIPS PLT header.
6610 gold_assert(gotplt_addr
% 4 == 0);
6612 Mips_address gotpc_offset
= gotplt_addr
- ((plt_address
| 3) ^ 3);
6614 // ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range.
6615 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
6617 gold_error(_(".got.plt offset of %ld from .plt beyond the range of "
6618 "ADDIUPC"), (long)gotpc_offset
);
6622 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
,
6623 plt0_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f));
6624 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 2,
6625 (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff);
6627 for (unsigned int i
= 2;
6628 i
< (sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips_o32
)
6629 / sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips_o32
[0]));
6632 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, plt0_entry
[i
]);
6636 else if (plt0_entry
== plt0_entry_micromips32_o32
)
6638 // Write microMIPS PLT header in insn32 mode.
6639 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, plt0_entry
[0]);
6640 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 2, gotplt_addr_high
);
6641 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4, plt0_entry
[2]);
6642 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 6, gotplt_addr_low
);
6643 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 8, plt0_entry
[4]);
6644 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 10, gotplt_addr_low
);
6646 for (unsigned int i
= 6;
6647 i
< (sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips32_o32
)
6648 / sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips32_o32
[0]));
6651 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, plt0_entry
[i
]);
6657 // Write standard PLT header.
6658 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
,
6659 plt0_entry
[0] | gotplt_addr_high
);
6660 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4,
6661 plt0_entry
[1] | gotplt_addr_low
);
6662 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 8,
6663 plt0_entry
[2] | gotplt_addr_low
);
6665 for (int i
= 3; i
< 8; i
++)
6667 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, plt0_entry
[i
]);
6673 unsigned char* gotplt_pov
= gotplt_view
;
6674 unsigned int got_entry_size
= size
/8; // TODO(sasa): MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE
6676 // The first two entries in .got.plt are reserved.
6677 elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::writeval(gotplt_pov
, 0);
6678 elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::writeval(gotplt_pov
+ got_entry_size
, 0);
6680 unsigned int gotplt_offset
= 2 * got_entry_size
;
6681 gotplt_pov
+= 2 * got_entry_size
;
6683 // Calculate the address of the PLT header.
6684 Mips_address header_address
= (plt_address
6685 + (this->is_plt_header_compressed() ? 1 : 0));
6687 // Initialize compressed PLT area view.
6688 unsigned char* pov2
= pov
+ this->plt_mips_offset_
;
6690 // Write the PLT entries.
6691 for (typename
std::vector
<Mips_symbol
<size
>*>::const_iterator
6692 p
= this->symbols_
.begin();
6693 p
!= this->symbols_
.end();
6694 ++p
, gotplt_pov
+= got_entry_size
, gotplt_offset
+= got_entry_size
)
6696 Mips_symbol
<size
>* mips_sym
= *p
;
6698 // Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry.
6699 uint32_t gotplt_entry_addr
= (gotplt_addr
+ gotplt_offset
);
6700 uint32_t gotplt_entry_addr_hi
= (((gotplt_entry_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16)
6702 uint32_t gotplt_entry_addr_lo
= gotplt_entry_addr
& 0xffff;
6704 // Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header.
6705 if (this->target_
->is_output_n64())
6706 elfcpp::Swap
<64, big_endian
>::writeval(gotplt_pov
, header_address
);
6708 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(gotplt_pov
, header_address
);
6710 // Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry.
6711 if (mips_sym
->has_mips_plt_offset())
6713 // Pick the load opcode (LW or LD).
6714 uint64_t load
= this->target_
->is_output_n64() ? 0xdc000000
6717 // Fill in the PLT entry itself.
6718 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
,
6719 plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_entry_addr_hi
);
6720 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4,
6721 plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_entry_addr_lo
| load
);
6722 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 8, plt_entry
[2]);
6723 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 12,
6724 plt_entry
[3] | gotplt_entry_addr_lo
);
6728 // Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones.
6729 if (mips_sym
->has_comp_plt_offset())
6731 if (!this->target_
->is_output_micromips())
6733 // Write MIPS16 PLT entry.
6734 const uint32_t* plt_entry
= plt_entry_mips16_o32
;
6736 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov2
, plt_entry
[0]);
6737 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov2
+ 2, plt_entry
[1]);
6738 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov2
+ 4, plt_entry
[2]);
6739 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov2
+ 6, plt_entry
[3]);
6740 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov2
+ 8, plt_entry
[4]);
6741 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov2
+ 10, plt_entry
[5]);
6742 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov2
+ 12,
6746 else if (this->target_
->use_32bit_micromips_instructions())
6748 // Write microMIPS PLT entry in insn32 mode.
6749 const uint32_t* plt_entry
= plt_entry_micromips32_o32
;
6751 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov2
, plt_entry
[0]);
6752 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov2
+ 2,
6753 gotplt_entry_addr_hi
);
6754 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov2
+ 4, plt_entry
[2]);
6755 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov2
+ 6,
6756 gotplt_entry_addr_lo
);
6757 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov2
+ 8, plt_entry
[4]);
6758 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov2
+ 10, plt_entry
[5]);
6759 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov2
+ 12, plt_entry
[6]);
6760 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov2
+ 14,
6761 gotplt_entry_addr_lo
);
6766 // Write microMIPS PLT entry.
6767 const uint32_t* plt_entry
= plt_entry_micromips_o32
;
6769 gold_assert(gotplt_entry_addr
% 4 == 0);
6771 Mips_address loc_address
= plt_address
+ pov2
- oview
;
6772 int gotpc_offset
= gotplt_entry_addr
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
6774 // ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range.
6775 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
6777 gold_error(_(".got.plt offset of %ld from .plt beyond the "
6778 "range of ADDIUPC"), (long)gotpc_offset
);
6782 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov2
,
6783 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f));
6784 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(
6785 pov2
+ 2, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff);
6786 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov2
+ 4, plt_entry
[2]);
6787 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov2
+ 6, plt_entry
[3]);
6788 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov2
+ 8, plt_entry
[4]);
6789 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov2
+ 10, plt_entry
[5]);
6795 // Check the number of bytes written for standard entries.
6796 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(
6797 pov
- oview
- this->plt_header_size_
) == this->plt_mips_offset_
);
6798 // Check the number of bytes written for compressed entries.
6799 gold_assert((static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov2
- pov
)
6800 == this->plt_comp_offset_
));
6801 // Check the total number of bytes written.
6802 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov2
- oview
) == oview_size
);
6804 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(gotplt_pov
- gotplt_view
)
6807 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
6808 of
->write_output_view(gotplt_file_offset
, gotplt_size
, gotplt_view
);
6811 // Mips_output_data_mips_stubs methods.
6813 // The format of the lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is less than
6814 // 64K, dynamic symbol index is less than 32K, and ABI is not N64.
6815 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6817 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::lazy_stub_normal_1
[4] =
6819 0x8f998010, // lw t9,0x8010(gp)
6820 0x03e07825, // or t7,ra,zero
6821 0x0320f809, // jalr t9,ra
6822 0x24180000 // addiu t8,zero,DYN_INDEX sign extended
6825 // The format of the lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is less than
6826 // 64K, dynamic symbol index is less than 32K, and ABI is N64.
6827 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6829 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::lazy_stub_normal_1_n64
[4] =
6831 0xdf998010, // ld t9,0x8010(gp)
6832 0x03e07825, // or t7,ra,zero
6833 0x0320f809, // jalr t9,ra
6834 0x64180000 // daddiu t8,zero,DYN_INDEX sign extended
6837 // The format of the lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is less than
6838 // 64K, dynamic symbol index is between 32K and 64K, and ABI is not N64.
6839 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6841 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::lazy_stub_normal_2
[4] =
6843 0x8f998010, // lw t9,0x8010(gp)
6844 0x03e07825, // or t7,ra,zero
6845 0x0320f809, // jalr t9,ra
6846 0x34180000 // ori t8,zero,DYN_INDEX unsigned
6849 // The format of the lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is less than
6850 // 64K, dynamic symbol index is between 32K and 64K, and ABI is N64.
6851 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6853 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::lazy_stub_normal_2_n64
[4] =
6855 0xdf998010, // ld t9,0x8010(gp)
6856 0x03e07825, // or t7,ra,zero
6857 0x0320f809, // jalr t9,ra
6858 0x34180000 // ori t8,zero,DYN_INDEX unsigned
6861 // The format of the lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is greater than
6862 // 64K, and ABI is not N64.
6863 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6864 const uint32_t Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::lazy_stub_big
[5] =
6866 0x8f998010, // lw t9,0x8010(gp)
6867 0x03e07825, // or t7,ra,zero
6868 0x3c180000, // lui t8,DYN_INDEX
6869 0x0320f809, // jalr t9,ra
6870 0x37180000 // ori t8,t8,DYN_INDEX
6873 // The format of the lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is greater than
6874 // 64K, and ABI is N64.
6875 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6877 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::lazy_stub_big_n64
[5] =
6879 0xdf998010, // ld t9,0x8010(gp)
6880 0x03e07825, // or t7,ra,zero
6881 0x3c180000, // lui t8,DYN_INDEX
6882 0x0320f809, // jalr t9,ra
6883 0x37180000 // ori t8,t8,DYN_INDEX
6888 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is
6889 // less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is less than 32K, and ABI is not N64.
6890 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6892 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::lazy_stub_micromips_normal_1
[] =
6894 0xff3c, 0x8010, // lw t9,0x8010(gp)
6895 0x0dff, // move t7,ra
6897 0x3300, 0x0000 // addiu t8,zero,DYN_INDEX sign extended
6900 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is
6901 // less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is less than 32K, and ABI is N64.
6902 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6904 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::
6905 lazy_stub_micromips_normal_1_n64
[] =
6907 0xdf3c, 0x8010, // ld t9,0x8010(gp)
6908 0x0dff, // move t7,ra
6910 0x5f00, 0x0000 // daddiu t8,zero,DYN_INDEX sign extended
6913 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol
6914 // count is less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is between 32K and 64K,
6915 // and ABI is not N64.
6916 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6918 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::lazy_stub_micromips_normal_2
[] =
6920 0xff3c, 0x8010, // lw t9,0x8010(gp)
6921 0x0dff, // move t7,ra
6923 0x5300, 0x0000 // ori t8,zero,DYN_INDEX unsigned
6926 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol
6927 // count is less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is between 32K and 64K,
6929 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6931 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::
6932 lazy_stub_micromips_normal_2_n64
[] =
6934 0xdf3c, 0x8010, // ld t9,0x8010(gp)
6935 0x0dff, // move t7,ra
6937 0x5300, 0x0000 // ori t8,zero,DYN_INDEX unsigned
6940 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is
6941 // greater than 64K, and ABI is not N64.
6942 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6944 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::lazy_stub_micromips_big
[] =
6946 0xff3c, 0x8010, // lw t9,0x8010(gp)
6947 0x0dff, // move t7,ra
6948 0x41b8, 0x0000, // lui t8,DYN_INDEX
6950 0x5318, 0x0000 // ori t8,t8,DYN_INDEX
6953 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is
6954 // greater than 64K, and ABI is N64.
6955 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6957 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::lazy_stub_micromips_big_n64
[] =
6959 0xdf3c, 0x8010, // ld t9,0x8010(gp)
6960 0x0dff, // move t7,ra
6961 0x41b8, 0x0000, // lui t8,DYN_INDEX
6963 0x5318, 0x0000 // ori t8,t8,DYN_INDEX
6966 // 32-bit microMIPS stubs.
6968 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is
6969 // less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is less than 32K, ABI is not N64, and we
6970 // can use only 32-bit instructions.
6971 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6973 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::
6974 lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_1
[] =
6976 0xff3c, 0x8010, // lw t9,0x8010(gp)
6977 0x001f, 0x7a90, // or t7,ra,zero
6978 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, // jalr ra,t9
6979 0x3300, 0x0000 // addiu t8,zero,DYN_INDEX sign extended
6982 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is
6983 // less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is less than 32K, ABI is N64, and we can
6984 // use only 32-bit instructions.
6985 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6987 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::
6988 lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_1_n64
[] =
6990 0xdf3c, 0x8010, // ld t9,0x8010(gp)
6991 0x001f, 0x7a90, // or t7,ra,zero
6992 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, // jalr ra,t9
6993 0x5f00, 0x0000 // daddiu t8,zero,DYN_INDEX sign extended
6996 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol
6997 // count is less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is between 32K and 64K,
6998 // ABI is not N64, and we can use only 32-bit instructions.
6999 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7001 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::
7002 lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_2
[] =
7004 0xff3c, 0x8010, // lw t9,0x8010(gp)
7005 0x001f, 0x7a90, // or t7,ra,zero
7006 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, // jalr ra,t9
7007 0x5300, 0x0000 // ori t8,zero,DYN_INDEX unsigned
7010 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol
7011 // count is less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is between 32K and 64K,
7012 // ABI is N64, and we can use only 32-bit instructions.
7013 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7015 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::
7016 lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_2_n64
[] =
7018 0xdf3c, 0x8010, // ld t9,0x8010(gp)
7019 0x001f, 0x7a90, // or t7,ra,zero
7020 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, // jalr ra,t9
7021 0x5300, 0x0000 // ori t8,zero,DYN_INDEX unsigned
7024 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is
7025 // greater than 64K, ABI is not N64, and we can use only 32-bit instructions.
7026 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7028 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::lazy_stub_micromips32_big
[] =
7030 0xff3c, 0x8010, // lw t9,0x8010(gp)
7031 0x001f, 0x7a90, // or t7,ra,zero
7032 0x41b8, 0x0000, // lui t8,DYN_INDEX
7033 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, // jalr ra,t9
7034 0x5318, 0x0000 // ori t8,t8,DYN_INDEX
7037 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is
7038 // greater than 64K, ABI is N64, and we can use only 32-bit instructions.
7039 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7041 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::lazy_stub_micromips32_big_n64
[] =
7043 0xdf3c, 0x8010, // ld t9,0x8010(gp)
7044 0x001f, 0x7a90, // or t7,ra,zero
7045 0x41b8, 0x0000, // lui t8,DYN_INDEX
7046 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, // jalr ra,t9
7047 0x5318, 0x0000 // ori t8,t8,DYN_INDEX
7050 // Create entry for a symbol.
7052 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7054 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::make_entry(
7055 Mips_symbol
<size
>* gsym
)
7057 if (!gsym
->has_lazy_stub() && !gsym
->has_plt_offset())
7059 this->symbols_
.insert(gsym
);
7060 gsym
->set_has_lazy_stub(true);
7064 // Remove entry for a symbol.
7066 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7068 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::remove_entry(
7069 Mips_symbol
<size
>* gsym
)
7071 if (gsym
->has_lazy_stub())
7073 this->symbols_
.erase(gsym
);
7074 gsym
->set_has_lazy_stub(false);
7078 // Set stub offsets for symbols. This method expects that the number of
7079 // entries in dynamic symbol table is set.
7081 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7083 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::set_lazy_stub_offsets()
7085 gold_assert(this->dynsym_count_
!= -1U);
7087 if (this->stub_offsets_are_set_
)
7090 unsigned int stub_size
= this->stub_size();
7091 unsigned int offset
= 0;
7092 for (typename Unordered_set
<Mips_symbol
<size
>*>::const_iterator
7093 p
= this->symbols_
.begin();
7094 p
!= this->symbols_
.end();
7095 ++p
, offset
+= stub_size
)
7097 Mips_symbol
<size
>* mips_sym
= *p
;
7098 mips_sym
->set_lazy_stub_offset(offset
);
7100 this->stub_offsets_are_set_
= true;
7103 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7105 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::set_needs_dynsym_value()
7107 for (typename Unordered_set
<Mips_symbol
<size
>*>::const_iterator
7108 p
= this->symbols_
.begin(); p
!= this->symbols_
.end(); ++p
)
7110 Mips_symbol
<size
>* sym
= *p
;
7111 if (sym
->is_from_dynobj())
7112 sym
->set_needs_dynsym_value();
7116 // Write out the .MIPS.stubs. This uses the hand-coded instructions and
7117 // adjusts them as needed.
7119 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7121 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
7123 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
7124 const section_size_type oview_size
=
7125 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
7126 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
7128 bool big_stub
= this->dynsym_count_
> 0x10000;
7130 unsigned char* pov
= oview
;
7131 for (typename Unordered_set
<Mips_symbol
<size
>*>::const_iterator
7132 p
= this->symbols_
.begin(); p
!= this->symbols_
.end(); ++p
)
7134 Mips_symbol
<size
>* sym
= *p
;
7135 const uint32_t* lazy_stub
;
7136 bool n64
= this->target_
->is_output_n64();
7138 if (!this->target_
->is_output_micromips())
7140 // Write standard (non-microMIPS) stub.
7143 if (sym
->dynsym_index() & ~0x7fff)
7144 // Dynsym index is between 32K and 64K.
7145 lazy_stub
= n64
? lazy_stub_normal_2_n64
: lazy_stub_normal_2
;
7147 // Dynsym index is less than 32K.
7148 lazy_stub
= n64
? lazy_stub_normal_1_n64
: lazy_stub_normal_1
;
7151 lazy_stub
= n64
? lazy_stub_big_n64
: lazy_stub_big
;
7154 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, lazy_stub
[i
]);
7155 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4, lazy_stub
[i
+ 1]);
7161 // LUI instruction of the big stub. Paste high 16 bits of the
7163 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
,
7164 lazy_stub
[i
] | ((sym
->dynsym_index() >> 16) & 0x7fff));
7168 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, lazy_stub
[i
]);
7169 // Last stub instruction. Paste low 16 bits of the dynsym index.
7170 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4,
7171 lazy_stub
[i
+ 1] | (sym
->dynsym_index() & 0xffff));
7174 else if (this->target_
->use_32bit_micromips_instructions())
7176 // Write microMIPS stub in insn32 mode.
7179 if (sym
->dynsym_index() & ~0x7fff)
7180 // Dynsym index is between 32K and 64K.
7181 lazy_stub
= n64
? lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_2_n64
7182 : lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_2
;
7184 // Dynsym index is less than 32K.
7185 lazy_stub
= n64
? lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_1_n64
7186 : lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_1
;
7189 lazy_stub
= n64
? lazy_stub_micromips32_big_n64
7190 : lazy_stub_micromips32_big
;
7193 // First stub instruction. We emit 32-bit microMIPS instructions by
7194 // emitting two 16-bit parts because on microMIPS the 16-bit part of
7195 // the instruction where the opcode is must always come first, for
7196 // both little and big endian.
7197 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, lazy_stub
[i
]);
7198 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 2, lazy_stub
[i
+ 1]);
7199 // Second stub instruction.
7200 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4, lazy_stub
[i
+ 2]);
7201 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 6, lazy_stub
[i
+ 3]);
7206 // LUI instruction of the big stub. Paste high 16 bits of the
7208 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, lazy_stub
[i
]);
7209 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 2,
7210 (sym
->dynsym_index() >> 16) & 0x7fff);
7214 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, lazy_stub
[i
]);
7215 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 2, lazy_stub
[i
+ 1]);
7216 // Last stub instruction. Paste low 16 bits of the dynsym index.
7217 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4, lazy_stub
[i
+ 2]);
7218 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 6,
7219 sym
->dynsym_index() & 0xffff);
7224 // Write microMIPS stub.
7227 if (sym
->dynsym_index() & ~0x7fff)
7228 // Dynsym index is between 32K and 64K.
7229 lazy_stub
= n64
? lazy_stub_micromips_normal_2_n64
7230 : lazy_stub_micromips_normal_2
;
7232 // Dynsym index is less than 32K.
7233 lazy_stub
= n64
? lazy_stub_micromips_normal_1_n64
7234 : lazy_stub_micromips_normal_1
;
7237 lazy_stub
= n64
? lazy_stub_micromips_big_n64
7238 : lazy_stub_micromips_big
;
7241 // First stub instruction. We emit 32-bit microMIPS instructions by
7242 // emitting two 16-bit parts because on microMIPS the 16-bit part of
7243 // the instruction where the opcode is must always come first, for
7244 // both little and big endian.
7245 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, lazy_stub
[i
]);
7246 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 2, lazy_stub
[i
+ 1]);
7247 // Second stub instruction.
7248 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4, lazy_stub
[i
+ 2]);
7253 // LUI instruction of the big stub. Paste high 16 bits of the
7255 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, lazy_stub
[i
]);
7256 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 2,
7257 (sym
->dynsym_index() >> 16) & 0x7fff);
7261 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, lazy_stub
[i
]);
7262 // Last stub instruction. Paste low 16 bits of the dynsym index.
7263 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 2, lazy_stub
[i
+ 1]);
7264 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4,
7265 sym
->dynsym_index() & 0xffff);
7270 // We always allocate 20 bytes for every stub, because final dynsym count is
7271 // not known in method do_finalize_sections. There are 4 unused bytes per
7272 // stub if final dynsym count is less than 0x10000.
7273 unsigned int used
= pov
- oview
;
7274 unsigned int unused
= big_stub
? 0 : this->symbols_
.size() * 4;
7275 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(used
+ unused
) == oview_size
);
7277 // Fill the unused space with zeroes.
7278 // TODO(sasa): Can we strip unused bytes during the relaxation?
7280 memset(pov
, 0, unused
);
7282 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
7285 // Mips_output_section_reginfo methods.
7287 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7289 Mips_output_section_reginfo
<size
, big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
7291 off_t offset
= this->offset();
7292 off_t data_size
= this->data_size();
7294 unsigned char* view
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, data_size
);
7295 elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::writeval(view
, this->gprmask_
);
7296 elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::writeval(view
+ 4, this->cprmask1_
);
7297 elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::writeval(view
+ 8, this->cprmask2_
);
7298 elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::writeval(view
+ 12, this->cprmask3_
);
7299 elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::writeval(view
+ 16, this->cprmask4_
);
7300 // Write the gp value.
7301 elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::writeval(view
+ 20,
7302 this->target_
->gp_value());
7304 of
->write_output_view(offset
, data_size
, view
);
7307 // Mips_copy_relocs methods.
7309 // Emit any saved relocs.
7311 template<int sh_type
, int size
, bool big_endian
>
7313 Mips_copy_relocs
<sh_type
, size
, big_endian
>::emit_mips(
7314 Output_data_reloc
<sh_type
, true, size
, big_endian
>* reloc_section
,
7315 Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
)
7317 for (typename Copy_relocs
<sh_type
, size
, big_endian
>::
7318 Copy_reloc_entries::iterator p
= this->entries_
.begin();
7319 p
!= this->entries_
.end();
7321 emit_entry(*p
, reloc_section
, symtab
, layout
, target
);
7323 // We no longer need the saved information.
7324 this->entries_
.clear();
7327 // Emit the reloc if appropriate.
7329 template<int sh_type
, int size
, bool big_endian
>
7331 Mips_copy_relocs
<sh_type
, size
, big_endian
>::emit_entry(
7332 Copy_reloc_entry
& entry
,
7333 Output_data_reloc
<sh_type
, true, size
, big_endian
>* reloc_section
,
7334 Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
)
7336 // If the symbol is no longer defined in a dynamic object, then we
7337 // emitted a COPY relocation, and we do not want to emit this
7338 // dynamic relocation.
7339 if (!entry
.sym_
->is_from_dynobj())
7342 bool can_make_dynamic
= (entry
.reloc_type_
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_32
7343 || entry
.reloc_type_
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32
7344 || entry
.reloc_type_
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_64
);
7346 Mips_symbol
<size
>* sym
= Mips_symbol
<size
>::as_mips_sym(entry
.sym_
);
7347 if (can_make_dynamic
&& !sym
->has_static_relocs())
7349 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
=
7350 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>::as_mips_relobj(entry
.relobj_
);
7351 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
)->record_global_got_symbol(
7352 sym
, object
, entry
.reloc_type_
, true, false);
7353 if (!symbol_references_local(sym
, sym
->should_add_dynsym_entry(symtab
)))
7354 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
)->add_global(sym
, elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32
,
7355 entry
.output_section_
, entry
.relobj_
, entry
.shndx_
, entry
.address_
);
7357 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
)->add_symbolless_global_addend(
7358 sym
, elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32
, entry
.output_section_
, entry
.relobj_
,
7359 entry
.shndx_
, entry
.address_
);
7362 this->make_copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
,
7363 static_cast<Sized_symbol
<size
>*>(entry
.sym_
),
7367 // Target_mips methods.
7369 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
7370 // treatment. This is how we support equality comparisons of function
7371 // pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the
7372 // processor specific ABI supplement.
7374 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7376 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
* gsym
) const
7379 const Mips_symbol
<size
>* mips_sym
= Mips_symbol
<size
>::as_mips_sym(gsym
);
7381 if (!mips_sym
->has_lazy_stub())
7383 if (mips_sym
->has_plt_offset())
7385 // We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
7386 // giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
7387 // value to the stub address if there are any relocations in the
7388 // binary where pointer equality matters.
7389 if (mips_sym
->pointer_equality_needed())
7391 // Prefer a standard MIPS PLT entry.
7392 if (mips_sym
->has_mips_plt_offset())
7393 value
= this->plt_section()->mips_entry_address(mips_sym
);
7395 value
= this->plt_section()->comp_entry_address(mips_sym
) + 1;
7403 // First, set stub offsets for symbols. This method expects that the
7404 // number of entries in dynamic symbol table is set.
7405 this->mips_stubs_section()->set_lazy_stub_offsets();
7407 // The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
7408 // to reset the global offset table entry for this external
7409 // to its stub address when unlinking a shared object.
7410 value
= this->mips_stubs_section()->stub_address(mips_sym
);
7413 if (mips_sym
->has_mips16_fn_stub())
7415 // If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
7416 // refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
7418 value
= mips_sym
->template
7419 get_mips16_fn_stub
<big_endian
>()->output_address();
7425 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary. It's always
7426 // .rel.dyn, even for MIPS64.
7428 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7429 typename Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
7430 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::rel_dyn_section(Layout
* layout
)
7432 if (this->rel_dyn_
== NULL
)
7434 gold_assert(layout
!= NULL
);
7435 this->rel_dyn_
= new Reloc_section(parameters
->options().combreloc());
7436 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
7437 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_dyn_
,
7438 ORDER_DYNAMIC_RELOCS
, false);
7440 // First entry in .rel.dyn has to be null.
7441 // This is hack - we define dummy output data and set its address to 0,
7442 // and define absolute R_MIPS_NONE relocation with offset 0 against it.
7443 // This ensures that the entry is null.
7444 Output_data
* od
= new Output_data_zero_fill(0, 0);
7446 this->rel_dyn_
->add_absolute(elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE
, od
, 0);
7448 return this->rel_dyn_
;
7451 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
7453 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7454 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>*
7455 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::got_section(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7458 if (this->got_
== NULL
)
7460 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
);
7462 this->got_
= new Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>(this, symtab
,
7464 layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
7465 (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
| elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
|
7466 elfcpp::SHF_MIPS_GPREL
),
7467 this->got_
, ORDER_DATA
, false);
7469 // Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got section.
7470 symtab
->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL
,
7471 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
7473 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
7475 elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT
, 0,
7482 // Calculate value of _gp symbol.
7484 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7486 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::set_gp(Layout
* layout
, Symbol_table
* symtab
)
7488 if (this->gp_
!= NULL
)
7491 Output_data
* section
= layout
->find_output_section(".got");
7492 if (section
== NULL
)
7494 // If there is no .got section, gp should be based on .sdata.
7495 // TODO(sasa): This is probably not needed. This was needed for older
7496 // MIPS architectures which accessed both GOT and .sdata section using
7497 // gp-relative addressing. Modern Mips Linux ELF architectures don't
7498 // access .sdata using gp-relative addressing.
7499 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator
7500 p
= layout
->section_list().begin();
7501 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
7504 if (strcmp((*p
)->name(), ".sdata") == 0)
7512 Sized_symbol
<size
>* gp
=
7513 static_cast<Sized_symbol
<size
>*>(symtab
->lookup("_gp"));
7516 if (gp
->source() != Symbol::IS_CONSTANT
&& section
!= NULL
)
7517 gp
->init_output_data(gp
->name(), NULL
, section
, MIPS_GP_OFFSET
, 0,
7520 elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT
, 0,
7524 else if (section
!= NULL
)
7526 gp
= static_cast<Sized_symbol
<size
>*>(symtab
->define_in_output_data(
7527 "_gp", NULL
, Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
7528 section
, MIPS_GP_OFFSET
, 0,
7531 elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT
,
7537 // Set the dynamic symbol indexes. INDEX is the index of the first
7538 // global dynamic symbol. Pointers to the symbols are stored into the
7539 // vector SYMS. The names are added to DYNPOOL. This returns an
7540 // updated dynamic symbol index.
7542 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7544 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::do_set_dynsym_indexes(
7545 std::vector
<Symbol
*>* dyn_symbols
, unsigned int index
,
7546 std::vector
<Symbol
*>* syms
, Stringpool
* dynpool
,
7547 Versions
* versions
, Symbol_table
* symtab
) const
7549 std::vector
<Symbol
*> non_got_symbols
;
7550 std::vector
<Symbol
*> got_symbols
;
7552 reorder_dyn_symbols
<size
, big_endian
>(dyn_symbols
, &non_got_symbols
,
7555 for (std::vector
<Symbol
*>::iterator p
= non_got_symbols
.begin();
7556 p
!= non_got_symbols
.end();
7561 // Note that SYM may already have a dynamic symbol index, since
7562 // some symbols appear more than once in the symbol table, with
7563 // and without a version.
7565 if (!sym
->has_dynsym_index())
7567 sym
->set_dynsym_index(index
);
7569 syms
->push_back(sym
);
7570 dynpool
->add(sym
->name(), false, NULL
);
7572 // Record any version information.
7573 if (sym
->version() != NULL
)
7574 versions
->record_version(symtab
, dynpool
, sym
);
7576 // If the symbol is defined in a dynamic object and is
7577 // referenced in a regular object, then mark the dynamic
7578 // object as needed. This is used to implement --as-needed.
7579 if (sym
->is_from_dynobj() && sym
->in_reg())
7580 sym
->object()->set_is_needed();
7584 for (std::vector
<Symbol
*>::iterator p
= got_symbols
.begin();
7585 p
!= got_symbols
.end();
7589 if (!sym
->has_dynsym_index())
7591 // Record any version information.
7592 if (sym
->version() != NULL
)
7593 versions
->record_version(symtab
, dynpool
, sym
);
7597 index
= versions
->finalize(symtab
, index
, syms
);
7599 int got_sym_count
= 0;
7600 for (std::vector
<Symbol
*>::iterator p
= got_symbols
.begin();
7601 p
!= got_symbols
.end();
7606 if (!sym
->has_dynsym_index())
7609 sym
->set_dynsym_index(index
);
7611 syms
->push_back(sym
);
7612 dynpool
->add(sym
->name(), false, NULL
);
7614 // If the symbol is defined in a dynamic object and is
7615 // referenced in a regular object, then mark the dynamic
7616 // object as needed. This is used to implement --as-needed.
7617 if (sym
->is_from_dynobj() && sym
->in_reg())
7618 sym
->object()->set_is_needed();
7622 // Set index of the first symbol that has .got entry.
7623 this->got_
->set_first_global_got_dynsym_index(
7624 got_sym_count
> 0 ? index
- got_sym_count
: -1U);
7626 if (this->mips_stubs_
!= NULL
)
7627 this->mips_stubs_
->set_dynsym_count(index
);
7632 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol referenced by r_type relocation.
7634 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7636 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7638 Mips_symbol
<size
>* gsym
,
7639 unsigned int r_type
)
7641 if (gsym
->has_lazy_stub() || gsym
->has_plt_offset())
7644 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
7646 // Create the GOT section first.
7647 this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
7649 this->got_plt_
= new Output_data_space(4, "** GOT PLT");
7650 layout
->add_output_section_data(".got.plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
7651 (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
| elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
7652 this->got_plt_
, ORDER_DATA
, false);
7654 // The first two entries are reserved.
7655 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(2 * size
/8);
7657 this->plt_
= new Mips_output_data_plt
<size
, big_endian
>(layout
,
7660 layout
->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
7662 | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
),
7663 this->plt_
, ORDER_PLT
, false);
7666 this->plt_
->add_entry(gsym
, r_type
);
7670 // Get the .MIPS.stubs section, creating it if necessary.
7672 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7673 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>*
7674 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::mips_stubs_section(Layout
* layout
)
7676 if (this->mips_stubs_
== NULL
)
7679 new Mips_output_data_mips_stubs
<size
, big_endian
>(this);
7680 layout
->add_output_section_data(".MIPS.stubs", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
7682 | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
),
7683 this->mips_stubs_
, ORDER_PLT
, false);
7685 return this->mips_stubs_
;
7688 // Get the LA25 stub section, creating it if necessary.
7690 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7691 Mips_output_data_la25_stub
<size
, big_endian
>*
7692 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::la25_stub_section(Layout
* layout
)
7694 if (this->la25_stub_
== NULL
)
7696 this->la25_stub_
= new Mips_output_data_la25_stub
<size
, big_endian
>();
7697 layout
->add_output_section_data(".text", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
7699 | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
),
7700 this->la25_stub_
, ORDER_TEXT
, false);
7702 return this->la25_stub_
;
7705 // Process the relocations to determine unreferenced sections for
7706 // garbage collection.
7708 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7710 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::gc_process_relocs(
7711 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7713 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
7714 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7716 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
7718 Output_section
* output_section
,
7719 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
7720 size_t local_symbol_count
,
7721 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
7723 typedef Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
> Mips
;
7724 typedef Mips_classify_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, size
, big_endian
>
7727 gold::gc_process_relocs
<size
, big_endian
, Mips
, Scan
, Classify_reloc
>(
7736 needs_special_offset_handling
,
7741 // Scan relocations for a section.
7743 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7745 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::scan_relocs(
7746 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7748 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
7749 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7750 unsigned int sh_type
,
7751 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
7753 Output_section
* output_section
,
7754 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
7755 size_t local_symbol_count
,
7756 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
7758 typedef Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
> Mips
;
7760 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
7762 typedef Mips_classify_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, size
, big_endian
>
7765 gold::scan_relocs
<size
, big_endian
, Mips
, Scan
, Classify_reloc
>(
7774 needs_special_offset_handling
,
7778 else if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
7780 typedef Mips_classify_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, size
, big_endian
>
7783 gold::scan_relocs
<size
, big_endian
, Mips
, Scan
, Classify_reloc
>(
7792 needs_special_offset_handling
,
7798 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7800 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::mips_32bit_flags(elfcpp::Elf_Word flags
)
7802 return ((flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
7803 || (flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI
) == elfcpp::E_MIPS_ABI_O32
7804 || (flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI
) == elfcpp::E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
7805 || (flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_1
7806 || (flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_2
7807 || (flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_32
7808 || (flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
7811 // Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value.
7812 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7814 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::elf_mips_mach(elfcpp::Elf_Word flags
)
7816 switch (flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_MACH
)
7818 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
7819 return mach_mips3900
;
7821 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
7822 return mach_mips4010
;
7824 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
7825 return mach_mips4100
;
7827 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
7828 return mach_mips4111
;
7830 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
7831 return mach_mips4120
;
7833 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
7834 return mach_mips4650
;
7836 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
7837 return mach_mips5400
;
7839 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
7840 return mach_mips5500
;
7842 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
7843 return mach_mips9000
;
7845 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
7846 return mach_mips_sb1
;
7848 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
7849 return mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
7851 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
7852 return mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
7854 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
7855 return mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
7857 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
7858 return mach_mips_octeon2
;
7860 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
7861 return mach_mips_octeon
;
7863 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
7864 return mach_mips_xlr
;
7867 switch (flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
7870 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_1
:
7871 return mach_mips3000
;
7873 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_2
:
7874 return mach_mips6000
;
7876 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_3
:
7877 return mach_mips4000
;
7879 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_4
:
7880 return mach_mips8000
;
7882 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_5
:
7885 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
7886 return mach_mipsisa32
;
7888 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
7889 return mach_mipsisa64
;
7891 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
7892 return mach_mipsisa32r2
;
7894 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
7895 return mach_mipsisa64r2
;
7902 // Check whether machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE.
7903 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7905 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::mips_mach_extends(unsigned int base
,
7906 unsigned int extension
)
7908 if (extension
== base
)
7911 if ((base
== mach_mipsisa32
)
7912 && this->mips_mach_extends(mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
7915 if ((base
== mach_mipsisa32r2
)
7916 && this->mips_mach_extends(mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
7919 for (unsigned int i
= 0; i
< this->mips_mach_extensions_
.size(); ++i
)
7920 if (extension
== this->mips_mach_extensions_
[i
].first
)
7922 extension
= this->mips_mach_extensions_
[i
].second
;
7923 if (extension
== base
)
7930 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7932 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::merge_processor_specific_flags(
7933 const std::string
& name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word in_flags
,
7934 unsigned char in_ei_class
, bool dyn_obj
)
7936 // If flags are not set yet, just copy them.
7937 if (!this->are_processor_specific_flags_set())
7939 this->set_processor_specific_flags(in_flags
);
7940 this->ei_class_
= in_ei_class
;
7941 this->mach_
= this->elf_mips_mach(in_flags
);
7945 elfcpp::Elf_Word new_flags
= in_flags
;
7946 elfcpp::Elf_Word old_flags
= this->processor_specific_flags();
7947 elfcpp::Elf_Word merged_flags
= this->processor_specific_flags();
7948 merged_flags
|= new_flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
7950 // Check flag compatibility.
7951 new_flags
&= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
7952 old_flags
&= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
7954 // Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
7955 // doesn't seem to matter.
7956 new_flags
&= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
7957 old_flags
&= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
7959 // MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
7960 // just be able to ignore this.
7961 new_flags
&= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
7962 old_flags
&= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
7964 // DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code.
7966 new_flags
|= elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC
| elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
7968 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
7970 this->set_processor_specific_flags(merged_flags
);
7974 if (((new_flags
& (elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC
| elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
7975 != ((old_flags
& (elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC
| elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
7976 gold_warning(_("%s: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
7979 if (new_flags
& (elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC
| elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
7980 merged_flags
|= elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
7981 if (!(new_flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC
))
7982 merged_flags
&= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC
;
7984 new_flags
&= ~(elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC
| elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
7985 old_flags
&= ~(elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC
| elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
7987 // Compare the ISAs.
7988 if (mips_32bit_flags(old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags(new_flags
))
7989 gold_error(_("%s: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"), name
.c_str());
7990 else if (!this->mips_mach_extends(this->elf_mips_mach(in_flags
), this->mach_
))
7992 // Output ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, input ISA.
7993 if (this->mips_mach_extends(this->mach_
, this->elf_mips_mach(in_flags
)))
7995 // Copy the architecture info from input object to output. Also copy
7996 // the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
7997 // output as a 32-bit binary.
7998 this->mach_
= this->elf_mips_mach(in_flags
);
7999 merged_flags
&= ~(elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH
| elfcpp::EF_MIPS_MACH
);
8000 merged_flags
|= (new_flags
& (elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH
8001 | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_MACH
| elfcpp::EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
));
8003 // Copy across the ABI flags if output doesn't use them
8004 // and if that was what caused us to treat input object as 32-bit.
8005 if ((old_flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
8006 && this->mips_32bit_flags(new_flags
)
8007 && !this->mips_32bit_flags(new_flags
& ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI
))
8008 merged_flags
|= new_flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI
;
8011 // The ISAs aren't compatible.
8012 gold_error(_("%s: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
8013 name
.c_str(), this->elf_mips_mach_name(in_flags
),
8014 this->elf_mips_mach_name(merged_flags
));
8017 new_flags
&= (~(elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH
| elfcpp::EF_MIPS_MACH
8018 | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
));
8019 old_flags
&= (~(elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH
| elfcpp::EF_MIPS_MACH
8020 | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
));
8022 // Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it does set
8023 // EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI.
8024 if ((new_flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI
)
8025 || (in_ei_class
!= this->ei_class_
))
8027 // Only error if both are set (to different values).
8028 if (((new_flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI
)
8029 && (old_flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI
))
8030 || (in_ei_class
!= this->ei_class_
))
8031 gold_error(_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with "
8032 "previous %s modules"), name
.c_str(),
8033 this->elf_mips_abi_name(in_flags
, in_ei_class
),
8034 this->elf_mips_abi_name(merged_flags
, this->ei_class_
));
8036 new_flags
&= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI
;
8037 old_flags
&= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI
;
8040 // Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
8041 // and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union).
8042 if ((new_flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
)
8043 != (old_flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
8045 int old_micro
= old_flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
8046 int new_micro
= new_flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
8047 int old_m16
= old_flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
8048 int new_m16
= new_flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
8049 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
8050 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
8052 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
8053 gold_error(_("%s: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with "
8054 "previous %s modules"), name
.c_str(),
8055 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
8056 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
8058 merged_flags
|= new_flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
8060 new_flags
&= ~ elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
8061 old_flags
&= ~ elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
8064 // Warn about any other mismatches.
8065 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
8066 gold_error(_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%x) fields than previous "
8067 "modules (0x%x)"), name
.c_str(), new_flags
, old_flags
);
8069 this->set_processor_specific_flags(merged_flags
);
8072 // Adjust ELF file header.
8074 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
8076 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::do_adjust_elf_header(
8077 unsigned char* view
,
8080 gold_assert(len
== elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<size
>::ehdr_size
);
8082 elfcpp::Ehdr
<size
, big_endian
> ehdr(view
);
8083 unsigned char e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
];
8084 memcpy(e_ident
, ehdr
.get_e_ident(), elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
);
8086 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_CLASS
] = this->ei_class_
;
8088 elfcpp::Ehdr_write
<size
, big_endian
> oehdr(view
);
8089 oehdr
.put_e_ident(e_ident
);
8090 if (this->entry_symbol_is_compressed_
)
8091 oehdr
.put_e_entry(ehdr
.get_e_entry() + 1);
8094 // do_make_elf_object to override the same function in the base class.
8095 // We need to use a target-specific sub-class of
8096 // Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian> to store Mips specific information.
8097 // Hence we need to have our own ELF object creation.
8099 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
8101 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::do_make_elf_object(
8102 const std::string
& name
,
8103 Input_file
* input_file
,
8104 off_t offset
, const elfcpp::Ehdr
<size
, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
8106 int et
= ehdr
.get_e_type();
8107 // ET_EXEC files are valid input for --just-symbols/-R,
8108 // and we treat them as relocatable objects.
8109 if (et
== elfcpp::ET_REL
8110 || (et
== elfcpp::ET_EXEC
&& input_file
->just_symbols()))
8112 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* obj
=
8113 new Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
8117 else if (et
== elfcpp::ET_DYN
)
8119 // TODO(sasa): Should we create Mips_dynobj?
8120 return Target::do_make_elf_object(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
8124 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported ELF file type %d"),
8130 // Finalize the sections.
8132 template <int size
, bool big_endian
>
8134 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::do_finalize_sections(Layout
* layout
,
8135 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
8136 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
8138 // Add +1 to MIPS16 and microMIPS init_ and _fini symbols so that DT_INIT and
8139 // DT_FINI have correct values.
8140 Mips_symbol
<size
>* init
= static_cast<Mips_symbol
<size
>*>(
8141 symtab
->lookup(parameters
->options().init()));
8142 if (init
!= NULL
&& (init
->is_mips16() || init
->is_micromips()))
8143 init
->set_value(init
->value() | 1);
8144 Mips_symbol
<size
>* fini
= static_cast<Mips_symbol
<size
>*>(
8145 symtab
->lookup(parameters
->options().fini()));
8146 if (fini
!= NULL
&& (fini
->is_mips16() || fini
->is_micromips()))
8147 fini
->set_value(fini
->value() | 1);
8149 // Check whether the entry symbol is mips16 or micromips. This is needed to
8150 // adjust entry address in ELF header.
8151 Mips_symbol
<size
>* entry
=
8152 static_cast<Mips_symbol
<size
>*>(symtab
->lookup(this->entry_symbol_name()));
8153 this->entry_symbol_is_compressed_
= (entry
!= NULL
&& (entry
->is_mips16()
8154 || entry
->is_micromips()));
8156 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link()
8157 && (strcmp(parameters
->options().hash_style(), "gnu") == 0
8158 || strcmp(parameters
->options().hash_style(), "both") == 0))
8160 // .gnu.hash and the MIPS ABI require .dynsym to be sorted in different
8161 // ways. .gnu.hash needs symbols to be grouped by hash code whereas the
8162 // MIPS ABI requires a mapping between the GOT and the symbol table.
8163 gold_error(".gnu.hash is incompatible with the MIPS ABI");
8166 // Check whether the final section that was scanned has HI16 or GOT16
8167 // relocations without the corresponding LO16 part.
8168 if (this->got16_addends_
.size() > 0)
8169 gold_error("Can't find matching LO16 reloc");
8172 this->set_gp(layout
, symtab
);
8174 // Check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard.
8175 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable())
8177 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
8178 p
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
8181 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
=
8182 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>::as_mips_relobj(*p
);
8183 object
->discard_mips16_stub_sections(symtab
);
8187 // Merge processor-specific flags.
8188 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
8189 p
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
8192 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* relobj
=
8193 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>::as_mips_relobj(*p
);
8195 Input_file::Format format
= relobj
->input_file()->format();
8196 if (format
== Input_file::FORMAT_ELF
)
8198 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
8199 const unsigned char* pehdr
= relobj
->get_view(
8200 elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
8201 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<size
>::ehdr_size
,
8204 elfcpp::Ehdr
<size
, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
8205 elfcpp::Elf_Word in_flags
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
8206 unsigned char ei_class
= ehdr
.get_e_ident()[elfcpp::EI_CLASS
];
8208 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(relobj
->name(), in_flags
,
8213 for (Input_objects::Dynobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->dynobj_begin();
8214 p
!= input_objects
->dynobj_end();
8217 Sized_dynobj
<size
, big_endian
>* dynobj
=
8218 static_cast<Sized_dynobj
<size
, big_endian
>*>(*p
);
8220 // Read processor-specific flags.
8221 const unsigned char* pehdr
= dynobj
->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
8222 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<size
>::ehdr_size
,
8225 elfcpp::Ehdr
<size
, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
8226 elfcpp::Elf_Word in_flags
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
8227 unsigned char ei_class
= ehdr
.get_e_ident()[elfcpp::EI_CLASS
];
8229 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(dynobj
->name(), in_flags
, ei_class
,
8233 // Merge .reginfo contents of input objects.
8234 Valtype gprmask
= 0;
8235 Valtype cprmask1
= 0;
8236 Valtype cprmask2
= 0;
8237 Valtype cprmask3
= 0;
8238 Valtype cprmask4
= 0;
8239 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
8240 p
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
8243 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* relobj
=
8244 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>::as_mips_relobj(*p
);
8246 gprmask
|= relobj
->gprmask();
8247 cprmask1
|= relobj
->cprmask1();
8248 cprmask2
|= relobj
->cprmask2();
8249 cprmask3
|= relobj
->cprmask3();
8250 cprmask4
|= relobj
->cprmask4();
8253 if (this->plt_
!= NULL
)
8255 // Set final PLT offsets for symbols.
8256 this->plt_section()->set_plt_offsets();
8258 // Define _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the .plt section.
8259 // Set STO_MICROMIPS flag if the output has microMIPS code, but only if
8260 // there are no standard PLT entries present.
8261 unsigned char nonvis
= 0;
8262 if (this->is_output_micromips()
8263 && !this->plt_section()->has_standard_entries())
8264 nonvis
= elfcpp::STO_MICROMIPS
>> 2;
8265 symtab
->define_in_output_data("_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", NULL
,
8266 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8268 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_FUNC
,
8270 elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT
, nonvis
,
8274 if (this->mips_stubs_
!= NULL
)
8276 // Define _MIPS_STUBS_ at the start of the .MIPS.stubs section.
8277 unsigned char nonvis
= 0;
8278 if (this->is_output_micromips())
8279 nonvis
= elfcpp::STO_MICROMIPS
>> 2;
8280 symtab
->define_in_output_data("_MIPS_STUBS_", NULL
,
8281 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
8283 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_FUNC
,
8285 elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT
, nonvis
,
8289 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable() && !parameters
->doing_static_link())
8290 // In case there is no .got section, create one.
8291 this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8293 // Emit any relocs we saved in an attempt to avoid generating COPY
8295 if (this->copy_relocs_
.any_saved_relocs())
8296 this->copy_relocs_
.emit_mips(this->rel_dyn_section(layout
), symtab
, layout
,
8299 // Emit dynamic relocs.
8300 for (typename
std::vector
<Dyn_reloc
>::iterator p
= this->dyn_relocs_
.begin();
8301 p
!= this->dyn_relocs_
.end();
8303 p
->emit(this->rel_dyn_section(layout
), this->got_section(), symtab
);
8305 if (this->has_got_section())
8306 this->got_section()->lay_out_got(layout
, symtab
, input_objects
);
8308 if (this->mips_stubs_
!= NULL
)
8309 this->mips_stubs_
->set_needs_dynsym_value();
8311 // Check for functions that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
8312 // TODO(sasa): Can we do this without iterating over all symbols?
8313 typedef Symbol_visitor_check_symbols
<size
, big_endian
> Symbol_visitor
;
8314 symtab
->for_all_symbols
<size
, Symbol_visitor
>(Symbol_visitor(this, layout
,
8317 // Add NULL segment.
8318 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable())
8319 layout
->make_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_NULL
, 0);
8321 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= layout
->section_list().begin();
8322 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
8325 if ((*p
)->type() == elfcpp::SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
8327 Mips_output_section_reginfo
<size
, big_endian
>* reginfo
=
8328 Mips_output_section_reginfo
<size
, big_endian
>::
8329 as_mips_output_section_reginfo(*p
);
8331 reginfo
->set_masks(gprmask
, cprmask1
, cprmask2
, cprmask3
, cprmask4
);
8333 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable())
8335 Output_segment
* reginfo_segment
=
8336 layout
->make_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_MIPS_REGINFO
,
8338 reginfo_segment
->add_output_section_to_nonload(reginfo
,
8344 // Fill in some more dynamic tags.
8345 // TODO(sasa): Add more dynamic tags.
8346 const Reloc_section
* rel_plt
= (this->plt_
== NULL
8347 ? NULL
: this->plt_
->rel_plt());
8348 layout
->add_target_dynamic_tags(true, this->got_
, rel_plt
,
8349 this->rel_dyn_
, true, false);
8351 Output_data_dynamic
* const odyn
= layout
->dynamic_data();
8353 && !parameters
->options().relocatable()
8354 && !parameters
->doing_static_link())
8357 // This element holds a 32-bit version id for the Runtime
8358 // Linker Interface. This will start at integer value 1.
8360 odyn
->add_constant(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, d_val
);
8363 d_val
= elfcpp::RHF_NOTPOT
;
8364 odyn
->add_constant(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, d_val
);
8366 // Save layout for using when emiting custom dynamic tags.
8367 this->layout_
= layout
;
8369 // This member holds the base address of the segment.
8370 odyn
->add_custom(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
);
8372 // This member holds the number of entries in the .dynsym section.
8373 odyn
->add_custom(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
);
8375 // This member holds the index of the first dynamic symbol
8376 // table entry that corresponds to an entry in the global offset table.
8377 odyn
->add_custom(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
);
8379 // This member holds the number of local GOT entries.
8380 odyn
->add_constant(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
,
8381 this->got_
->get_local_gotno());
8383 if (this->plt_
!= NULL
)
8384 // DT_MIPS_PLTGOT dynamic tag
8385 odyn
->add_section_address(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, this->got_plt_
);
8389 // Get the custom dynamic tag value.
8390 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
8392 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::do_dynamic_tag_custom_value(elfcpp::DT tag
) const
8396 case elfcpp::DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
8398 // The base address of the segment.
8399 // At this point, the segment list has been sorted into final order,
8400 // so just return vaddr of the first readable PT_LOAD segment.
8401 Output_segment
* seg
=
8402 this->layout_
->find_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_LOAD
, elfcpp::PF_R
, 0);
8403 gold_assert(seg
!= NULL
);
8404 return seg
->vaddr();
8407 case elfcpp::DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
8408 // The number of entries in the .dynsym section.
8409 return this->get_dt_mips_symtabno();
8411 case elfcpp::DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
8413 // The index of the first dynamic symbol table entry that corresponds
8414 // to an entry in the GOT.
8415 if (this->got_
->first_global_got_dynsym_index() != -1U)
8416 return this->got_
->first_global_got_dynsym_index();
8418 // In case if we don't have global GOT symbols we default to setting
8419 // DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO.
8420 return this->get_dt_mips_symtabno();
8424 gold_error(_("Unknown dynamic tag 0x%x"), (unsigned int)tag
);
8427 return (unsigned int)-1;
8430 // Relocate section data.
8432 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
8434 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::relocate_section(
8435 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8436 unsigned int sh_type
,
8437 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8439 Output_section
* output_section
,
8440 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8441 unsigned char* view
,
8442 Mips_address address
,
8443 section_size_type view_size
,
8444 const Reloc_symbol_changes
* reloc_symbol_changes
)
8446 typedef Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
> Mips
;
8447 typedef typename Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::Relocate Mips_relocate
;
8449 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
8451 typedef Mips_classify_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, size
, big_endian
>
8454 gold::relocate_section
<size
, big_endian
, Mips
, Mips_relocate
,
8455 gold::Default_comdat_behavior
, Classify_reloc
>(
8461 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8465 reloc_symbol_changes
);
8467 else if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
8469 typedef Mips_classify_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, size
, big_endian
>
8472 gold::relocate_section
<size
, big_endian
, Mips
, Mips_relocate
,
8473 gold::Default_comdat_behavior
, Classify_reloc
>(
8479 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8483 reloc_symbol_changes
);
8487 // Return the size of a relocation while scanning during a relocatable
8491 mips_get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int r_type
, Relobj
* object
)
8495 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE
:
8496 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
:
8497 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
8498 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
8501 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_32
:
8502 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
:
8503 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
8504 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
8505 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32
:
8506 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC32
:
8507 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8508 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR
:
8511 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_16
:
8512 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16
:
8513 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LO16
:
8514 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8515 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16
:
8516 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16
:
8517 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC16
:
8518 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16
:
8519 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8520 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16
:
8521 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8522 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8523 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8524 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8525 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8526 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
8527 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
8528 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
8529 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
8530 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8531 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8532 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8533 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8534 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8535 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD
:
8536 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8537 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8540 // These relocations are not byte sized
8541 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26
:
8542 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
:
8545 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_COPY
:
8546 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
:
8547 object
->error(_("unexpected reloc %u in object file"), r_type
);
8551 object
->error(_("unsupported reloc %u in object file"), r_type
);
8556 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
8558 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
8560 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::scan_relocatable_relocs(
8561 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8563 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
8564 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8565 unsigned int sh_type
,
8566 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8568 Output_section
* output_section
,
8569 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8570 size_t local_symbol_count
,
8571 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
8572 Relocatable_relocs
* rr
)
8574 typedef Mips_classify_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, size
, big_endian
>
8576 typedef Mips_scan_relocatable_relocs
<big_endian
, Classify_reloc
>
8577 Scan_relocatable_relocs
;
8579 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
8581 gold::scan_relocatable_relocs
<size
, big_endian
, Scan_relocatable_relocs
>(
8589 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8595 // Scan the relocs for --emit-relocs.
8597 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
8599 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::emit_relocs_scan(
8600 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8602 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
8603 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8604 unsigned int sh_type
,
8605 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8607 Output_section
* output_section
,
8608 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
8609 size_t local_symbol_count
,
8610 const unsigned char* plocal_syms
,
8611 Relocatable_relocs
* rr
)
8613 typedef Mips_classify_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, size
, big_endian
>
8615 typedef gold::Default_emit_relocs_strategy
<Classify_reloc
>
8616 Emit_relocs_strategy
;
8618 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
8620 gold::scan_relocatable_relocs
<size
, big_endian
, Emit_relocs_strategy
>(
8628 needs_special_offset_handling
,
8634 // Emit relocations for a section.
8636 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
8638 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::relocate_relocs(
8639 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8640 unsigned int sh_type
,
8641 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
8643 Output_section
* output_section
,
8644 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Off
8645 offset_in_output_section
,
8646 unsigned char* view
,
8647 Mips_address view_address
,
8648 section_size_type view_size
,
8649 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
8650 section_size_type reloc_view_size
)
8652 typedef Mips_classify_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, size
, big_endian
>
8655 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
8657 gold::relocate_relocs
<size
, big_endian
, Classify_reloc
>(
8662 offset_in_output_section
,
8670 // Perform target-specific processing in a relocatable link. This is
8671 // only used if we use the relocation strategy RELOC_SPECIAL.
8673 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
8675 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::relocate_special_relocatable(
8676 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
8677 unsigned int sh_type
,
8678 const unsigned char* preloc_in
,
8680 Output_section
* output_section
,
8681 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Off offset_in_output_section
,
8682 unsigned char* view
,
8683 Mips_address view_address
,
8685 unsigned char* preloc_out
)
8687 // We can only handle REL type relocation sections.
8688 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
8690 typedef typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, size
, big_endian
>::Reloc
8692 typedef typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, size
, big_endian
>::Reloc_write
8695 typedef Mips_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
> Reloc_funcs
;
8697 const Mips_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Mips_address
>(0) - 1;
8699 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
=
8700 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>::as_mips_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
8701 const unsigned int local_count
= object
->local_symbol_count();
8703 Reltype
reloc(preloc_in
);
8704 Reltype_write
reloc_write(preloc_out
);
8706 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
8707 const unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<size
>(r_info
);
8708 const unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<size
>(r_info
);
8710 // Get the new symbol index.
8711 // We only use RELOC_SPECIAL strategy in local relocations.
8712 gold_assert(r_sym
< local_count
);
8714 // We are adjusting a section symbol. We need to find
8715 // the symbol table index of the section symbol for
8716 // the output section corresponding to input section
8717 // in which this symbol is defined.
8719 unsigned int shndx
= object
->local_symbol_input_shndx(r_sym
, &is_ordinary
);
8720 gold_assert(is_ordinary
);
8721 Output_section
* os
= object
->output_section(shndx
);
8722 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
8723 gold_assert(os
->needs_symtab_index());
8724 unsigned int new_symndx
= os
->symtab_index();
8726 // Get the new offset--the location in the output section where
8727 // this relocation should be applied.
8729 Mips_address offset
= reloc
.get_r_offset();
8730 Mips_address new_offset
;
8731 if (offset_in_output_section
!= invalid_address
)
8732 new_offset
= offset
+ offset_in_output_section
;
8735 section_offset_type sot_offset
=
8736 convert_types
<section_offset_type
, Mips_address
>(offset
);
8737 section_offset_type new_sot_offset
=
8738 output_section
->output_offset(object
, relinfo
->data_shndx
,
8740 gold_assert(new_sot_offset
!= -1);
8741 new_offset
= new_sot_offset
;
8744 // In an object file, r_offset is an offset within the section.
8745 // In an executable or dynamic object, generated by
8746 // --emit-relocs, r_offset is an absolute address.
8747 if (!parameters
->options().relocatable())
8749 new_offset
+= view_address
;
8750 if (offset_in_output_section
!= invalid_address
)
8751 new_offset
-= offset_in_output_section
;
8754 reloc_write
.put_r_offset(new_offset
);
8755 reloc_write
.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info
<32>(new_symndx
, r_type
));
8757 // Handle the reloc addend.
8758 // The relocation uses a section symbol in the input file.
8759 // We are adjusting it to use a section symbol in the output
8760 // file. The input section symbol refers to some address in
8761 // the input section. We need the relocation in the output
8762 // file to refer to that same address. This adjustment to
8763 // the addend is the same calculation we use for a simple
8764 // absolute relocation for the input section symbol.
8766 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
= object
->local_symbol(r_sym
);
8768 unsigned char* paddend
= view
+ offset
;
8769 typename
Reloc_funcs::Status reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::STATUS_OKAY
;
8772 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26
:
8773 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::rel26(paddend
, object
, psymval
,
8774 offset_in_output_section
, true, 0, sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
, NULL
,
8775 false /*TODO(sasa): cross mode jump*/, r_type
, this->jal_to_bal());
8782 // Report any errors.
8783 switch (reloc_status
)
8785 case Reloc_funcs::STATUS_OKAY
:
8787 case Reloc_funcs::STATUS_OVERFLOW
:
8788 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, reloc
.get_r_offset(),
8789 _("relocation overflow"));
8791 case Reloc_funcs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
:
8792 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, reloc
.get_r_offset(),
8793 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation"));
8800 // Optimize the TLS relocation type based on what we know about the
8801 // symbol. IS_FINAL is true if the final address of this symbol is
8802 // known at link time.
8804 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
8805 tls::Tls_optimization
8806 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(bool, int)
8808 // FIXME: Currently we do not do any TLS optimization.
8809 return tls::TLSOPT_NONE
;
8812 // Scan a relocation for a local symbol.
8814 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
8816 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::Scan::local(
8817 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
8819 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
,
8820 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
8821 unsigned int data_shndx
,
8822 Output_section
* output_section
,
8823 const Relatype
* rela
,
8825 unsigned int rel_type
,
8826 unsigned int r_type
,
8827 const elfcpp::Sym
<size
, big_endian
>& lsym
,
8833 Mips_address r_offset
;
8835 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Swxword r_addend
;
8837 if (rel_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
8839 r_offset
= rela
->get_r_offset();
8840 r_sym
= Mips_classify_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, size
, big_endian
>::
8842 r_addend
= rela
->get_r_addend();
8846 r_offset
= rel
->get_r_offset();
8847 r_sym
= Mips_classify_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, size
, big_endian
>::
8852 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* mips_obj
=
8853 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>::as_mips_relobj(object
);
8855 if (mips_obj
->is_mips16_stub_section(data_shndx
))
8857 mips_obj
->get_mips16_stub_section(data_shndx
)
8858 ->new_local_reloc_found(r_type
, r_sym
);
8861 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE
)
8862 // R_MIPS_NONE is used in mips16 stub sections, to define the target of the
8866 if (!mips16_call_reloc(r_type
)
8867 && !mips_obj
->section_allows_mips16_refs(data_shndx
))
8868 // This reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub, if
8869 // there is one. We ignore MIPS16 stub sections and .pdr section when
8870 // looking for relocs that would need to refer to MIPS16 stubs.
8871 mips_obj
->add_local_non_16bit_call(r_sym
);
8873 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
8874 && !mips_obj
->section_allows_mips16_refs(data_shndx
))
8875 mips_obj
->add_local_16bit_call(r_sym
);
8879 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16
:
8880 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16
:
8881 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8882 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8883 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8884 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8885 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8886 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8887 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8888 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8889 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD
:
8890 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8891 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8892 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8893 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8894 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8895 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8896 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8897 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8898 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8899 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8900 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8901 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8902 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8903 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8904 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8905 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8906 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8907 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8908 // We need a GOT section.
8909 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8916 if (call_lo16_reloc(r_type
)
8917 || got_lo16_reloc(r_type
)
8918 || got_disp_reloc(r_type
))
8920 // We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8921 // don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8922 // maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8923 // the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8924 // R_MIPS*_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8925 // R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8926 // R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16.
8927 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got
=
8928 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
8929 got
->record_local_got_symbol(mips_obj
, r_sym
, r_addend
, r_type
, -1U);
8934 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16
:
8935 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8936 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8937 gold_error(_("CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol "),
8938 (unsigned long)r_offset
);
8941 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8942 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8943 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8944 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16
:
8945 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8946 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8947 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8948 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8949 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8951 // This relocation needs a page entry in the GOT.
8952 // Get the section contents.
8953 section_size_type view_size
= 0;
8954 const unsigned char* view
= object
->section_contents(data_shndx
,
8958 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(view
);
8959 Valtype32 addend
= (rel_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
? val
& 0xffff
8962 if (rel_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
&& got16_reloc(r_type
))
8963 target
->got16_addends_
.push_back(got16_addend
<size
, big_endian
>(
8964 object
, data_shndx
, r_type
, r_sym
, addend
));
8966 target
->got_section()->record_got_page_entry(mips_obj
, r_sym
, addend
);
8970 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16
:
8971 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16
:
8972 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8973 // Record the reloc so that we can check whether the corresponding LO16
8975 if (rel_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
8976 target
->got16_addends_
.push_back(got16_addend
<size
, big_endian
>(
8977 object
, data_shndx
, r_type
, r_sym
, 0));
8980 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LO16
:
8981 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16
:
8982 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
8984 if (rel_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
8987 // Find corresponding GOT16/HI16 relocation.
8989 // According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
8990 // be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
8991 // relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
8992 // relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
8993 // relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
8994 // extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
8996 // In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but
8997 // keeps the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a
8998 // violation of the ABI but not immediately harmful.
9000 typename
std::list
<got16_addend
<size
, big_endian
> >::iterator it
=
9001 target
->got16_addends_
.begin();
9002 while (it
!= target
->got16_addends_
.end())
9004 got16_addend
<size
, big_endian
> _got16_addend
= *it
;
9006 // TODO(sasa): Split got16_addends_ list into two lists - one for
9007 // GOT16 relocs and the other for HI16 relocs.
9009 // Report an error if we find HI16 or GOT16 reloc from the
9010 // previous section without the matching LO16 part.
9011 if (_got16_addend
.object
!= object
9012 || _got16_addend
.shndx
!= data_shndx
)
9014 gold_error("Can't find matching LO16 reloc");
9018 if (_got16_addend
.r_sym
!= r_sym
9019 || !is_matching_lo16_reloc(_got16_addend
.r_type
, r_type
))
9025 // We found a matching HI16 or GOT16 reloc for this LO16 reloc.
9026 // For GOT16, we need to calculate combined addend and record GOT page
9028 if (got16_reloc(_got16_addend
.r_type
))
9031 section_size_type view_size
= 0;
9032 const unsigned char* view
= object
->section_contents(data_shndx
,
9037 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(view
);
9038 int32_t addend
= Bits
<16>::sign_extend32(val
& 0xffff);
9040 addend
= (_got16_addend
.addend
<< 16) + addend
;
9041 target
->got_section()->record_got_page_entry(mips_obj
, r_sym
,
9045 it
= target
->got16_addends_
.erase(it
);
9053 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_32
:
9054 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32
:
9055 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_64
:
9057 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
9059 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
9060 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
9062 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
9063 rel_dyn
->add_symbolless_local_addend(object
, r_sym
,
9064 elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32
,
9065 output_section
, data_shndx
,
9071 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
9072 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
9073 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
9074 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
9075 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
9076 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
9077 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD
:
9078 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
9079 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
9081 bool output_is_shared
= parameters
->options().shared();
9082 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
9083 = Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(
9084 !output_is_shared
, r_type
);
9087 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD
:
9088 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
9089 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
9090 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9092 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
9093 // dtv-relative offset.
9094 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got
=
9095 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
9096 unsigned int shndx
= lsym
.get_st_shndx();
9098 shndx
= object
->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym
, shndx
, &is_ordinary
);
9101 object
->error(_("local symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
9105 got
->record_local_got_symbol(mips_obj
, r_sym
, r_addend
, r_type
,
9110 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
9115 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
9116 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
9117 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
9118 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9120 // We always record LDM symbols as local with index 0.
9121 target
->got_section()->record_local_got_symbol(mips_obj
, 0,
9127 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
9131 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
9132 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
9133 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
9134 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
9135 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9137 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
9138 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got
=
9139 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
9140 got
->record_local_got_symbol(mips_obj
, r_sym
, r_addend
, r_type
,
9145 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
9160 // Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
9161 // shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
9162 // not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
9163 // will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
9164 // combined with R_MIPS_GOT16.
9165 if (parameters
->options().shared())
9169 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16
:
9170 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16
:
9171 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
9172 // Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
9173 // no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation).
9179 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
:
9180 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26
:
9181 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
9182 gold_error(_("%s: relocation %u against `%s' can not be used when "
9183 "making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
9184 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
, "a local symbol");
9191 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
9193 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::Scan::local(
9194 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
9196 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
,
9197 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
9198 unsigned int data_shndx
,
9199 Output_section
* output_section
,
9200 const Reltype
& reloc
,
9201 unsigned int r_type
,
9202 const elfcpp::Sym
<size
, big_endian
>& lsym
,
9215 (const Relatype
*) NULL
,
9219 lsym
, is_discarded
);
9223 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
9225 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::Scan::local(
9226 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
9228 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
,
9229 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
9230 unsigned int data_shndx
,
9231 Output_section
* output_section
,
9232 const Relatype
& reloc
,
9233 unsigned int r_type
,
9234 const elfcpp::Sym
<size
, big_endian
>& lsym
,
9248 (const Reltype
*) NULL
,
9251 lsym
, is_discarded
);
9254 // Scan a relocation for a global symbol.
9256 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
9258 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::Scan::global(
9259 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
9261 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
,
9262 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
9263 unsigned int data_shndx
,
9264 Output_section
* output_section
,
9265 const Relatype
* rela
,
9267 unsigned int rel_type
,
9268 unsigned int r_type
,
9271 Mips_address r_offset
;
9273 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Swxword r_addend
;
9275 if (rel_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
9277 r_offset
= rela
->get_r_offset();
9278 r_sym
= Mips_classify_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, size
, big_endian
>::
9280 r_addend
= rela
->get_r_addend();
9284 r_offset
= rel
->get_r_offset();
9285 r_sym
= Mips_classify_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, size
, big_endian
>::
9290 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* mips_obj
=
9291 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>::as_mips_relobj(object
);
9292 Mips_symbol
<size
>* mips_sym
= Mips_symbol
<size
>::as_mips_sym(gsym
);
9294 if (mips_obj
->is_mips16_stub_section(data_shndx
))
9296 mips_obj
->get_mips16_stub_section(data_shndx
)
9297 ->new_global_reloc_found(r_type
, mips_sym
);
9300 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE
)
9301 // R_MIPS_NONE is used in mips16 stub sections, to define the target of the
9305 if (!mips16_call_reloc(r_type
)
9306 && !mips_obj
->section_allows_mips16_refs(data_shndx
))
9307 // This reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub, if
9308 // there is one. We ignore MIPS16 stub sections and .pdr section when
9309 // looking for relocs that would need to refer to MIPS16 stubs.
9310 mips_sym
->set_need_fn_stub();
9312 // A reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ implies that we need a got
9313 // section. We check here to avoid creating a dynamic reloc against
9314 // _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.
9315 if (!target
->has_got_section()
9316 && strcmp(gsym
->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
9317 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
9319 // We need PLT entries if there are static-only relocations against
9320 // an externally-defined function. This can technically occur for
9321 // shared libraries if there are branches to the symbol, although it
9322 // is unlikely that this will be used in practice due to the short
9323 // ranges involved. It can occur for any relative or absolute relocation
9324 // in executables; in that case, the PLT entry becomes the function's
9325 // canonical address.
9326 bool static_reloc
= false;
9328 // Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC to true if we can convert this
9329 // relocation into a dynamic one.
9330 bool can_make_dynamic
= false;
9333 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16
:
9334 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16
:
9335 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
9336 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
9337 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
9338 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
9339 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
9340 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
9341 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
9342 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
9343 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD
:
9344 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
9345 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
9346 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
9347 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
9348 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
9349 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
9350 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
9351 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
9352 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
9353 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
9354 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
9355 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
9356 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
9357 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
9358 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
9359 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
9360 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
9361 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
9362 // We need a GOT section.
9363 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
9366 // This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
9367 // has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol.
9368 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR
:
9369 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
9372 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
9373 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
9374 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
9375 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
9377 // GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
9378 // regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
9379 // important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
9380 // always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
9381 // against the symbol wouldn't.
9382 //constrain_symbol_p = FALSE;
9385 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_32
:
9386 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32
:
9387 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_64
:
9388 if (parameters
->options().shared()
9389 || strcmp(gsym
->name(), "__gnu_local_gp") != 0)
9391 if (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32
)
9393 static_reloc
= true;
9394 mips_sym
->set_pointer_equality_needed();
9396 can_make_dynamic
= true;
9402 // Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
9404 mips_sym
->set_pointer_equality_needed();
9408 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26
:
9409 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC16
:
9410 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
:
9411 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
9412 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
9413 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
9414 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
9415 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
9416 static_reloc
= true;
9417 mips_sym
->set_has_static_relocs();
9421 // If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9422 // see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
9423 // only do this if all references to the function are through call
9424 // relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9425 // are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9428 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
9429 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16
:
9430 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
9431 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
9432 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR
:
9433 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
9434 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
9435 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
9436 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
9437 if (!mips_sym
->no_lazy_stub())
9439 if ((mips_sym
->needs_plt_entry() && mips_sym
->is_from_dynobj())
9440 // Calls from shared objects to undefined symbols of type
9441 // STT_NOTYPE need lazy-binding stub.
9442 || (mips_sym
->is_undefined() && parameters
->options().shared()))
9443 target
->mips_stubs_section(layout
)->make_entry(mips_sym
);
9448 // We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
9449 // related to taking the function's address.
9450 mips_sym
->set_no_lazy_stub();
9451 target
->remove_lazy_stub_entry(mips_sym
);
9456 if (relocation_needs_la25_stub
<size
, big_endian
>(mips_obj
, r_type
,
9457 mips_sym
->is_mips16()))
9458 mips_sym
->set_has_nonpic_branches();
9460 // R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
9461 // and has a special meaning.
9462 bool gp_disp_against_hi16
= (!mips_obj
->is_newabi()
9463 && strcmp(gsym
->name(), "_gp_disp") == 0
9464 && (hi16_reloc(r_type
) || lo16_reloc(r_type
)));
9465 if (static_reloc
&& gsym
->needs_plt_entry())
9467 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, mips_sym
, r_type
);
9469 // Since this is not a PC-relative relocation, we may be
9470 // taking the address of a function. In that case we need to
9471 // set the entry in the dynamic symbol table to the address of
9473 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && !parameters
->options().shared())
9475 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_value();
9476 // We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
9477 // giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
9478 // flag if there are any relocations in the binary where pointer
9479 // equality matters.
9480 if (mips_sym
->pointer_equality_needed())
9481 mips_sym
->set_mips_plt();
9484 if ((static_reloc
|| can_make_dynamic
) && !gp_disp_against_hi16
)
9486 // Absolute addressing relocations.
9487 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
9488 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type
)))
9490 if (gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc())
9492 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
9493 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, *rel
);
9495 else if (can_make_dynamic
)
9497 // Create .rel.dyn section.
9498 target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
9499 target
->dynamic_reloc(mips_sym
, elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32
, mips_obj
,
9500 data_shndx
, output_section
, r_offset
);
9503 gold_error(_("non-dynamic relocations refer to dynamic symbol %s"),
9508 bool for_call
= false;
9511 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16
:
9512 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
9513 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
9514 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
9515 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
9516 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
9517 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
9521 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
9522 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16
:
9523 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
9524 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
9525 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
9526 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
9527 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
9528 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
9529 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
9531 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
9532 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got
=
9533 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
9534 got
->record_global_got_symbol(mips_sym
, mips_obj
, r_type
, false,
9536 mips_sym
->set_global_got_area(GGA_NORMAL
);
9540 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
9541 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
9543 // This relocation needs a page entry in the GOT.
9544 // Get the section contents.
9545 section_size_type view_size
= 0;
9546 const unsigned char* view
=
9547 object
->section_contents(data_shndx
, &view_size
, false);
9550 Valtype32 val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(view
);
9551 Valtype32 addend
= (rel_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
? val
& 0xffff
9553 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got
=
9554 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
9555 got
->record_got_page_entry(mips_obj
, r_sym
, addend
);
9557 // If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
9558 // decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it.
9559 bool def_regular
= (mips_sym
->source() == Symbol::FROM_OBJECT
9560 && !mips_sym
->object()->is_dynamic()
9561 && !mips_sym
->is_undefined());
9563 || (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent()
9564 && !parameters
->options().Bsymbolic()
9565 && !mips_sym
->is_forced_local()))
9567 got
->record_global_got_symbol(mips_sym
, mips_obj
, r_type
, false,
9569 mips_sym
->set_global_got_area(GGA_NORMAL
);
9574 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
9575 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
9576 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
9577 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
9578 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
9579 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
9580 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD
:
9581 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
9582 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
9584 const bool is_final
= gsym
->final_value_is_known();
9585 const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
=
9586 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final
, r_type
);
9590 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD
:
9591 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
9592 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
9593 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9595 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
9596 // dtv-relative offset.
9597 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got
=
9598 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
9599 got
->record_global_got_symbol(mips_sym
, mips_obj
, r_type
, false,
9604 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
9609 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
9610 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
9611 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
9612 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9614 // We always record LDM symbols as local with index 0.
9615 target
->got_section()->record_local_got_symbol(mips_obj
, 0,
9621 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
9625 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
9626 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
9627 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
9628 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
9629 if (optimized_type
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
9631 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
9632 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got
=
9633 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
9634 got
->record_global_got_symbol(mips_sym
, mips_obj
, r_type
, false,
9639 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
9649 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_COPY
:
9650 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
:
9651 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
9652 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
9653 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
9654 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
9661 // Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
9662 // shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
9663 // not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
9664 // will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
9665 // combined with R_MIPS_GOT16.
9666 if (parameters
->options().shared())
9670 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16
:
9671 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16
:
9672 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
9673 // Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
9674 // no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation).
9678 // R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
9679 // and has a special meaning.
9680 if (!mips_obj
->is_newabi() && strcmp(gsym
->name(), "_gp_disp") == 0)
9685 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
:
9686 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26
:
9687 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
9688 gold_error(_("%s: relocation %u against `%s' can not be used when "
9689 "making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
9690 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
, gsym
->name());
9697 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
9699 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::Scan::global(
9700 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
9702 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
,
9703 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
9704 unsigned int data_shndx
,
9705 Output_section
* output_section
,
9706 const Relatype
& reloc
,
9707 unsigned int r_type
,
9718 (const Reltype
*) NULL
,
9724 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
9726 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::Scan::global(
9727 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
9729 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>* target
,
9730 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
9731 unsigned int data_shndx
,
9732 Output_section
* output_section
,
9733 const Reltype
& reloc
,
9734 unsigned int r_type
,
9744 (const Relatype
*) NULL
,
9751 // Return whether a R_MIPS_32 relocation needs to be applied.
9753 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
9755 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::Relocate::should_apply_r_mips_32_reloc(
9756 const Mips_symbol
<size
>* gsym
,
9757 unsigned int r_type
,
9758 Output_section
* output_section
,
9759 Target_mips
* target
)
9761 // If the output section is not allocated, then we didn't call
9762 // scan_relocs, we didn't create a dynamic reloc, and we must apply
9764 if ((output_section
->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0)
9771 // For global symbols, we use the same helper routines used in the
9773 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type
))
9774 && !gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc())
9776 // We have generated dynamic reloc (R_MIPS_REL32).
9778 bool multi_got
= false;
9779 if (target
->has_got_section())
9780 multi_got
= target
->got_section()->multi_got();
9781 bool has_got_offset
;
9783 has_got_offset
= gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
);
9785 has_got_offset
= gsym
->global_gotoffset() != -1U;
9786 if (!has_got_offset
)
9789 // Apply the relocation only if the symbol is in the local got.
9790 // Do not apply the relocation if the symbol is in the global
9792 return symbol_references_local(gsym
, gsym
->has_dynsym_index());
9795 // We have not generated dynamic reloc.
9800 // Perform a relocation.
9802 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
9804 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate(
9805 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9806 unsigned int rel_type
,
9807 Target_mips
* target
,
9808 Output_section
* output_section
,
9810 const unsigned char* preloc
,
9811 const Sized_symbol
<size
>* gsym
,
9812 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
,
9813 unsigned char* view
,
9814 Mips_address address
,
9817 Mips_address r_offset
;
9819 unsigned int r_type
;
9820 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Swxword r_addend
;
9822 if (rel_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
9824 const Relatype
rela(preloc
);
9825 r_offset
= rela
.get_r_offset();
9826 r_sym
= Mips_classify_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, size
, big_endian
>::
9828 r_type
= Mips_classify_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, size
, big_endian
>::
9830 r_addend
= rela
.get_r_addend();
9835 const Reltype
rel(preloc
);
9836 r_offset
= rel
.get_r_offset();
9837 r_sym
= Mips_classify_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, size
, big_endian
>::
9839 r_type
= Mips_classify_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, size
, big_endian
>::
9844 typedef Mips_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
> Reloc_funcs
;
9845 typename
Reloc_funcs::Status reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::STATUS_OKAY
;
9847 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
=
9848 Mips_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>::as_mips_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
9850 bool target_is_16_bit_code
= false;
9851 bool target_is_micromips_code
= false;
9852 bool cross_mode_jump
;
9854 Symbol_value
<size
> symval
;
9856 const Mips_symbol
<size
>* mips_sym
= Mips_symbol
<size
>::as_mips_sym(gsym
);
9858 bool changed_symbol_value
= false;
9861 target_is_16_bit_code
= object
->local_symbol_is_mips16(r_sym
);
9862 target_is_micromips_code
= object
->local_symbol_is_micromips(r_sym
);
9863 if (target_is_16_bit_code
|| target_is_micromips_code
)
9865 // MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd.
9866 symval
.set_output_value(psymval
->value(object
, 1));
9868 changed_symbol_value
= true;
9873 target_is_16_bit_code
= mips_sym
->is_mips16();
9874 target_is_micromips_code
= mips_sym
->is_micromips();
9876 // If this is a mips16/microMIPS text symbol, add 1 to the value to make
9877 // it odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
9878 // the right value when it is loaded into the PC.
9880 if ((mips_sym
->is_mips16() || mips_sym
->is_micromips())
9881 && psymval
->value(object
, 0) != 0)
9883 symval
.set_output_value(psymval
->value(object
, 0) | 1);
9885 changed_symbol_value
= true;
9888 // Pick the value to use for symbols defined in shared objects.
9889 if (mips_sym
->use_plt_offset(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type
))
9890 || mips_sym
->has_lazy_stub())
9893 if (!mips_sym
->has_lazy_stub())
9895 // Prefer a standard MIPS PLT entry.
9896 if (mips_sym
->has_mips_plt_offset())
9898 value
= target
->plt_section()->mips_entry_address(mips_sym
);
9899 target_is_micromips_code
= false;
9900 target_is_16_bit_code
= false;
9904 value
= (target
->plt_section()->comp_entry_address(mips_sym
)
9906 if (target
->is_output_micromips())
9907 target_is_micromips_code
= true;
9909 target_is_16_bit_code
= true;
9913 value
= target
->mips_stubs_section()->stub_address(mips_sym
);
9915 symval
.set_output_value(value
);
9920 // TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp".
9921 // Note that such a symbol must always be a global symbol.
9922 bool gp_disp
= (gsym
!= NULL
&& (strcmp(gsym
->name(), "_gp_disp") == 0)
9923 && !object
->is_newabi());
9925 // TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "__gnu_local_gp".
9926 // Note that such a symbol must always be a global symbol.
9927 bool gnu_local_gp
= gsym
&& (strcmp(gsym
->name(), "__gnu_local_gp") == 0);
9932 if (!hi16_reloc(r_type
) && !lo16_reloc(r_type
))
9933 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, r_offset
,
9934 _("relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only"
9935 " with R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations."));
9937 else if (gnu_local_gp
)
9939 // __gnu_local_gp is _gp symbol.
9940 symval
.set_output_value(target
->adjusted_gp_value(object
));
9944 // If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
9945 // to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
9947 // (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
9949 // (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
9950 // non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
9952 // (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions.
9953 if (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
9954 && !parameters
->options().relocatable()
9955 && ((mips_sym
!= NULL
9956 && mips_sym
->has_mips16_fn_stub()
9957 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| mips_sym
->need_fn_stub()))
9958 || (mips_sym
== NULL
9959 && object
->get_local_mips16_fn_stub(r_sym
) != NULL
))
9960 && !object
->section_allows_mips16_refs(relinfo
->data_shndx
))
9962 // This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
9963 // have already noticed that we were going to need the
9966 if (mips_sym
== NULL
)
9967 value
= object
->get_local_mips16_fn_stub(r_sym
)->output_address();
9970 gold_assert(mips_sym
->need_fn_stub());
9971 if (mips_sym
->has_la25_stub())
9972 value
= target
->la25_stub_section()->stub_address(mips_sym
);
9975 value
= mips_sym
->template
9976 get_mips16_fn_stub
<big_endian
>()->output_address();
9979 symval
.set_output_value(value
);
9981 changed_symbol_value
= true;
9983 // The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't.
9984 target_is_16_bit_code
= false;
9986 // If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
9987 // to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
9988 // Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
9989 // indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead.
9990 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
&& !parameters
->options().relocatable()
9991 && ((mips_sym
!= NULL
9992 && (mips_sym
->has_mips16_call_stub()
9993 || mips_sym
->has_mips16_call_fp_stub()))
9994 || (mips_sym
== NULL
9995 && object
->get_local_mips16_call_stub(r_sym
) != NULL
))
9996 && ((mips_sym
!= NULL
&& mips_sym
->has_plt_offset())
9997 || !target_is_16_bit_code
))
9999 Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>* call_stub
;
10000 if (mips_sym
== NULL
)
10001 call_stub
= object
->get_local_mips16_call_stub(r_sym
);
10004 // If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
10005 // out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
10007 if (mips_sym
->has_mips16_call_stub()
10008 && mips_sym
->has_mips16_call_fp_stub())
10011 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< object
->shnum(); ++i
)
10013 if (object
->is_mips16_call_fp_stub_section(i
))
10015 call_stub
= mips_sym
->template
10016 get_mips16_call_fp_stub
<big_endian
>();
10021 if (call_stub
== NULL
)
10023 mips_sym
->template get_mips16_call_stub
<big_endian
>();
10025 else if (mips_sym
->has_mips16_call_stub())
10026 call_stub
= mips_sym
->template get_mips16_call_stub
<big_endian
>();
10028 call_stub
= mips_sym
->template get_mips16_call_fp_stub
<big_endian
>();
10031 symval
.set_output_value(call_stub
->output_address());
10033 changed_symbol_value
= true;
10035 // If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
10037 else if (mips_sym
!= NULL
10038 && mips_sym
->has_la25_stub()
10039 && relocation_needs_la25_stub
<size
, big_endian
>(
10040 object
, r_type
, target_is_16_bit_code
))
10042 Mips_address value
= target
->la25_stub_section()->stub_address(mips_sym
);
10043 if (mips_sym
->is_micromips())
10045 symval
.set_output_value(value
);
10048 // For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
10049 // entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made.
10050 else if ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
10051 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
10052 && !parameters
->options().relocatable()
10053 && mips_sym
!= NULL
10054 && mips_sym
->has_plt_offset()
10055 && mips_sym
->has_comp_plt_offset()
10056 && mips_sym
->has_mips_plt_offset())
10058 Mips_address value
= (target
->plt_section()->comp_entry_address(mips_sym
)
10060 symval
.set_output_value(value
);
10063 target_is_16_bit_code
= !target
->is_output_micromips();
10064 target_is_micromips_code
= target
->is_output_micromips();
10067 // Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together.
10068 if ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
&& target_is_micromips_code
)
10069 || (micromips_branch_reloc(r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code
))
10071 gold_error(_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
10074 // Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
10075 // mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
10076 // which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
10077 // because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
10078 // symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
10081 (!parameters
->options().relocatable()
10082 && !(gsym
!= NULL
&& gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
10083 && ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
&& !target_is_16_bit_code
)
10084 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
&& !target_is_micromips_code
)
10085 || ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_26
|| r_type
== elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR
)
10086 && (target_is_16_bit_code
|| target_is_micromips_code
))));
10088 bool local
= (mips_sym
== NULL
10089 || (mips_sym
->got_only_for_calls()
10090 ? symbol_calls_local(mips_sym
, mips_sym
->has_dynsym_index())
10091 : symbol_references_local(mips_sym
,
10092 mips_sym
->has_dynsym_index())));
10094 // Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
10095 // to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
10096 // corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST.
10097 if (got_page_reloc(r_type
) && !local
)
10098 r_type
= (micromips_reloc(r_type
) ? elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
10099 : elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
10101 unsigned int got_offset
= 0;
10104 bool update_got_entry
= false;
10105 bool extract_addend
= rel_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
;
10108 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE
:
10110 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_16
:
10111 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::rel16(view
, object
, psymval
, r_addend
,
10112 extract_addend
, r_type
);
10115 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_32
:
10116 if (should_apply_r_mips_32_reloc(mips_sym
, r_type
, output_section
,
10118 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
, r_addend
,
10119 extract_addend
, r_type
);
10120 if (mips_sym
!= NULL
10121 && (mips_sym
->is_mips16() || mips_sym
->is_micromips())
10122 && mips_sym
->global_got_area() == GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
10124 // If mips_sym->has_mips16_fn_stub() is false, symbol value is
10125 // already updated by adding +1.
10126 if (mips_sym
->has_mips16_fn_stub())
10128 gold_assert(mips_sym
->need_fn_stub());
10129 Mips16_stub_section
<size
, big_endian
>* fn_stub
=
10130 mips_sym
->template get_mips16_fn_stub
<big_endian
>();
10132 symval
.set_output_value(fn_stub
->output_address());
10135 got_offset
= mips_sym
->global_gotoffset();
10136 update_got_entry
= true;
10140 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32
:
10141 gold_unreachable();
10143 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC32
:
10144 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::relpc32(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
10145 r_addend
, extract_addend
, r_type
);
10148 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
:
10149 // The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
10150 // R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
10151 // the output file that's different. So, we just fall through to the
10152 // R_MIPS_26 case here.
10153 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26
:
10154 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
10155 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::rel26(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
10156 gsym
== NULL
, r_addend
, extract_addend
, gsym
, cross_mode_jump
, r_type
,
10157 target
->jal_to_bal());
10160 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16
:
10161 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16
:
10162 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
10163 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::relhi16(view
, object
, psymval
, r_addend
,
10164 address
, gp_disp
, r_type
, r_sym
,
10168 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LO16
:
10169 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16
:
10170 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
10171 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
10172 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::rello16(target
, view
, object
, psymval
,
10173 r_addend
, extract_addend
, address
,
10174 gp_disp
, r_type
, r_sym
);
10177 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
10178 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
10179 // Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
10180 // just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
10181 // shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
10186 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
10187 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
10188 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
10189 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
10190 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::relgprel(view
, object
, psymval
,
10191 target
->adjusted_gp_value(object
),
10192 r_addend
, extract_addend
,
10193 gsym
== NULL
, r_type
);
10196 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC16
:
10197 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::relpc16(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
10198 r_addend
, extract_addend
, r_type
);
10200 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
10201 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::relmicromips_pc7_s1(view
, object
, psymval
,
10203 extract_addend
, r_type
);
10205 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
10206 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::relmicromips_pc10_s1(view
, object
, psymval
,
10208 extract_addend
, r_type
);
10210 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
10211 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::relmicromips_pc16_s1(view
, object
, psymval
,
10213 extract_addend
, r_type
);
10215 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
10216 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::relgprel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
10217 target
->adjusted_gp_value(object
),
10218 r_addend
, extract_addend
, r_type
);
10220 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
10221 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
10222 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
10223 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
10225 got_offset
= target
->got_section()->got_offset(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
,
10228 got_offset
= target
->got_section()->got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
,
10230 gp_offset
= target
->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset
, object
);
10231 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::relgot_hi16(view
, gp_offset
, r_type
);
10232 update_got_entry
= changed_symbol_value
;
10235 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
10236 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
10237 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
10238 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
10240 got_offset
= target
->got_section()->got_offset(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
,
10243 got_offset
= target
->got_section()->got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
,
10245 gp_offset
= target
->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset
, object
);
10246 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::relgot_lo16(view
, gp_offset
, r_type
);
10247 update_got_entry
= changed_symbol_value
;
10250 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
10251 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
10253 got_offset
= target
->got_section()->got_offset(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
,
10256 got_offset
= target
->got_section()->got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
,
10258 gp_offset
= target
->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset
, object
);
10259 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::relgot(view
, gp_offset
, r_type
);
10262 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16
:
10263 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
10264 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
10265 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
10266 got_offset
= target
->got_section()->got_offset(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
,
10268 gp_offset
= target
->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset
, object
);
10269 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::relgot(view
, gp_offset
, r_type
);
10270 // TODO(sasa): We should also initialize update_got_entry in other places
10271 // where relgot is called.
10272 update_got_entry
= changed_symbol_value
;
10275 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16
:
10276 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
10277 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
10280 got_offset
= target
->got_section()->got_offset(gsym
,
10283 gp_offset
= target
->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset
, object
);
10284 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::relgot(view
, gp_offset
, r_type
);
10287 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::relgot16_local(view
, object
, psymval
,
10288 r_addend
, extract_addend
,
10290 update_got_entry
= changed_symbol_value
;
10293 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD
:
10294 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
10295 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
10297 got_offset
= target
->got_section()->got_offset(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
10300 got_offset
= target
->got_section()->got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
10302 gp_offset
= target
->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset
, object
);
10303 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::relgot(view
, gp_offset
, r_type
);
10306 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
10307 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
10308 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
10310 got_offset
= target
->got_section()->got_offset(gsym
,
10311 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
10314 got_offset
= target
->got_section()->got_offset(r_sym
,
10315 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
10317 gp_offset
= target
->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset
, object
);
10318 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::relgot(view
, gp_offset
, r_type
);
10321 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
10322 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
10323 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
10324 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
10325 // the module index.
10326 got_offset
= target
->got_section()->tls_ldm_offset(object
);
10327 gp_offset
= target
->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset
, object
);
10328 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::relgot(view
, gp_offset
, r_type
);
10331 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
10332 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
10333 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::relgotpage(target
, view
, object
, psymval
,
10334 r_addend
, extract_addend
, r_type
);
10337 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
10338 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
10339 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::relgotofst(target
, view
, object
, psymval
,
10340 r_addend
, extract_addend
, local
,
10344 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR
:
10345 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
10346 // This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
10347 // it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
10348 // when the symbol does not resolve locally.
10349 if (gsym
== NULL
|| symbol_calls_local(gsym
, gsym
->has_dynsym_index()))
10350 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::reljalr(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
10351 r_addend
, extract_addend
,
10352 cross_mode_jump
, r_type
,
10353 target
->jalr_to_bal(),
10354 target
->jr_to_b());
10357 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
10358 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
10359 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
10360 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::tlsrelhi16(view
, object
, psymval
,
10361 elfcpp::DTP_OFFSET
, r_addend
,
10362 extract_addend
, r_type
);
10364 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
10365 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
10366 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
10367 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::tlsrello16(view
, object
, psymval
,
10368 elfcpp::DTP_OFFSET
, r_addend
,
10369 extract_addend
, r_type
);
10371 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
10372 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
10373 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::tlsrel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
10374 elfcpp::DTP_OFFSET
, r_addend
,
10375 extract_addend
, r_type
);
10377 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
10378 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
10379 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
10380 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::tlsrelhi16(view
, object
, psymval
,
10381 elfcpp::TP_OFFSET
, r_addend
,
10382 extract_addend
, r_type
);
10384 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
10385 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
10386 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
10387 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::tlsrello16(view
, object
, psymval
,
10388 elfcpp::TP_OFFSET
, r_addend
,
10389 extract_addend
, r_type
);
10391 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
10392 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
10393 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::tlsrel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
10394 elfcpp::TP_OFFSET
, r_addend
,
10395 extract_addend
, r_type
);
10397 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_SUB
:
10398 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
10399 reloc_status
= Reloc_funcs::relsub(view
, object
, psymval
, r_addend
,
10400 extract_addend
, r_type
);
10403 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, r_offset
,
10404 _("unsupported reloc %u"), r_type
);
10408 if (update_got_entry
)
10410 Mips_output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got
= target
->got_section();
10411 if (mips_sym
!= NULL
&& mips_sym
->get_applied_secondary_got_fixup())
10412 got
->update_got_entry(got
->get_primary_got_offset(mips_sym
),
10413 psymval
->value(object
, 0));
10415 got
->update_got_entry(got_offset
, psymval
->value(object
, 0));
10418 // Report any errors.
10419 switch (reloc_status
)
10421 case Reloc_funcs::STATUS_OKAY
:
10423 case Reloc_funcs::STATUS_OVERFLOW
:
10424 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, r_offset
,
10425 _("relocation overflow"));
10427 case Reloc_funcs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
:
10428 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, r_offset
,
10429 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation"));
10432 gold_unreachable();
10438 // Get the Reference_flags for a particular relocation.
10440 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
10442 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::Scan::get_reference_flags(
10443 unsigned int r_type
)
10447 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE
:
10448 // No symbol reference.
10451 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_16
:
10452 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_32
:
10453 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_64
:
10454 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16
:
10455 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LO16
:
10456 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16
:
10457 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16
:
10458 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
10459 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
10460 return Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
;
10462 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26
:
10463 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
:
10464 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
10465 return Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL
| Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
;
10467 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
10468 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
10469 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32
:
10470 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
10471 return Symbol::RELATIVE_REF
;
10473 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC16
:
10474 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC32
:
10475 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR
:
10476 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
10477 return Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL
| Symbol::RELATIVE_REF
;
10479 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16
:
10480 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16
:
10481 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
10482 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
10483 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
10484 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
10485 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
10486 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
10487 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
10488 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
10489 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
10490 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
10491 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
10492 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
10493 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
10494 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
10495 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
10496 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
10497 // Absolute in GOT.
10498 return Symbol::RELATIVE_REF
;
10500 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
:
10501 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
10502 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
:
10503 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
10504 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD
:
10505 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
10506 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
10507 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
10508 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
10509 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
10510 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
10511 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
10512 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
10513 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
10514 case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
10515 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
10516 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
10517 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
10518 case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
10519 return Symbol::TLS_REF
;
10521 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_COPY
:
10522 case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
:
10524 gold_unreachable();
10525 // Not expected. We will give an error later.
10530 // Report an unsupported relocation against a local symbol.
10532 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
10534 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_local(
10535 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
10536 unsigned int r_type
)
10538 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"),
10539 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
10542 // Report an unsupported relocation against a global symbol.
10544 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
10546 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_global(
10547 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
10548 unsigned int r_type
,
10551 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"),
10552 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
, gsym
->demangled_name().c_str());
10555 // Return printable name for ABI.
10556 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
10558 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::elf_mips_abi_name(elfcpp::Elf_Word e_flags
,
10559 unsigned char ei_class
)
10561 switch (e_flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI
)
10564 if ((e_flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI2
) != 0)
10566 else if (elfcpp::abi_64(ei_class
))
10570 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
10572 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
10574 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
10576 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
10579 return "unknown abi";
10583 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
10585 Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::elf_mips_mach_name(elfcpp::Elf_Word e_flags
)
10587 switch (e_flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_MACH
)
10589 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
10590 return "mips:3900";
10591 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
10592 return "mips:4010";
10593 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
10594 return "mips:4100";
10595 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
10596 return "mips:4111";
10597 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
10598 return "mips:4120";
10599 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
10600 return "mips:4650";
10601 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
10602 return "mips:5400";
10603 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
10604 return "mips:5500";
10605 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
10607 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
10608 return "mips:9000";
10609 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
10610 return "mips:loongson-2e";
10611 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
10612 return "mips:loongson-2f";
10613 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
10614 return "mips:loongson-3a";
10615 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
10616 return "mips:octeon";
10617 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
10618 return "mips:octeon2";
10619 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
10622 switch (e_flags
& elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
10625 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_1
:
10626 return "mips:3000";
10628 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_2
:
10629 return "mips:6000";
10631 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_3
:
10632 return "mips:4000";
10634 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_4
:
10635 return "mips:8000";
10637 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_5
:
10638 return "mips:mips5";
10640 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
10641 return "mips:isa32";
10643 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
10644 return "mips:isa64";
10646 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
10647 return "mips:isa32r2";
10649 case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
10650 return "mips:isa64r2";
10653 return "unknown CPU";
10656 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
10657 const Target::Target_info Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>::mips_info
=
10660 big_endian
, // is_big_endian
10661 elfcpp::EM_MIPS
, // machine_code
10662 true, // has_make_symbol
10663 false, // has_resolve
10664 false, // has_code_fill
10665 true, // is_default_stack_executable
10666 false, // can_icf_inline_merge_sections
10668 "/lib/ld.so.1", // dynamic_linker
10669 0x400000, // default_text_segment_address
10670 64 * 1024, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
10671 4 * 1024, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
10672 false, // isolate_execinstr
10673 0, // rosegment_gap
10674 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // small_common_shndx
10675 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // large_common_shndx
10676 0, // small_common_section_flags
10677 0, // large_common_section_flags
10678 NULL
, // attributes_section
10679 NULL
, // attributes_vendor
10680 "__start", // entry_symbol_name
10681 32, // hash_entry_size
10684 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
10685 class Target_mips_nacl
: public Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>
10689 : Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>(&mips_nacl_info
)
10693 static const Target::Target_info mips_nacl_info
;
10696 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
10697 const Target::Target_info Target_mips_nacl
<size
, big_endian
>::mips_nacl_info
=
10700 big_endian
, // is_big_endian
10701 elfcpp::EM_MIPS
, // machine_code
10702 true, // has_make_symbol
10703 false, // has_resolve
10704 false, // has_code_fill
10705 true, // is_default_stack_executable
10706 false, // can_icf_inline_merge_sections
10708 "/lib/ld.so.1", // dynamic_linker
10709 0x20000, // default_text_segment_address
10710 0x10000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
10711 0x10000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
10712 true, // isolate_execinstr
10713 0x10000000, // rosegment_gap
10714 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // small_common_shndx
10715 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // large_common_shndx
10716 0, // small_common_section_flags
10717 0, // large_common_section_flags
10718 NULL
, // attributes_section
10719 NULL
, // attributes_vendor
10720 "_start", // entry_symbol_name
10721 32, // hash_entry_size
10724 // Target selector for Mips. Note this is never instantiated directly.
10725 // It's only used in Target_selector_mips_nacl, below.
10727 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
10728 class Target_selector_mips
: public Target_selector
10731 Target_selector_mips()
10732 : Target_selector(elfcpp::EM_MIPS
, size
, big_endian
,
10734 (big_endian
? "elf64-tradbigmips" : "elf64-tradlittlemips") :
10735 (big_endian
? "elf32-tradbigmips" : "elf32-tradlittlemips")),
10737 (big_endian
? "elf64-tradbigmips" : "elf64-tradlittlemips") :
10738 (big_endian
? "elf32-tradbigmips" : "elf32-tradlittlemips")))
10741 Target
* do_instantiate_target()
10742 { return new Target_mips
<size
, big_endian
>(); }
10745 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
10746 class Target_selector_mips_nacl
10747 : public Target_selector_nacl
<Target_selector_mips
<size
, big_endian
>,
10748 Target_mips_nacl
<size
, big_endian
> >
10751 Target_selector_mips_nacl()
10752 : Target_selector_nacl
<Target_selector_mips
<size
, big_endian
>,
10753 Target_mips_nacl
<size
, big_endian
> >(
10754 // NaCl currently supports only MIPS32 little-endian.
10755 "mipsel", "elf32-tradlittlemips-nacl", "elf32-tradlittlemips-nacl")
10759 Target_selector_mips_nacl
<32, true> target_selector_mips32
;
10760 Target_selector_mips_nacl
<32, false> target_selector_mips32el
;
10761 Target_selector_mips_nacl
<64, true> target_selector_mips64
;
10762 Target_selector_mips_nacl
<64, false> target_selector_mips64el
;
10764 } // End anonymous namespace.